Annual Statements Open main menu

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. - Annual Report: 2019 (Form 10-K)

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to

Commission file number: 000-52024

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

20-2463898

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

 

5818 El Camino Real, Carlsbad,

California

 

92008

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(760) 431-9286

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

 

Title of Each Class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

ATEC

The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

  Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

 

  Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (without admitting that any person whose shares are not included in such calculation is an affiliate) computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2019), was approximately $126.2 million.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, as of March 09, 2020 was 62,994,221.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The following documents (or parts thereof) are incorporated by reference into the following parts of this Form 10-K: Certain information required in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholder.

 

 

 


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM 10-K—ANNUAL REPORT

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

1

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

19

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

41

Item 2.

 

Properties

41

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

42

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

42

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

43

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

43

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

44

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

55

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

55

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

55

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

55

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

59

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

60

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

60

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

60

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

60

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

60

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

61

 

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Alphatec Holdings” and “Alphatec” mean Alphatec Holdings, Inc., our subsidiaries and their subsidiaries. “Alphatec Spine” refers to our wholly-owned operating subsidiary Alphatec Spine, Inc. “Scient’x” refers to our operating affiliate, Scient’x S.A.S., which is wholly-owned by several of our subsidiaries, and Scient’x’s subsidiaries. “SafeOp” refers to our wholly-owned operating subsidiary SafeOp Surgical, Inc.

 

 

 

 


PART I

Item 1.

Business

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, and advancement of technology for better surgical treatment of spinal disorders. Through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Alphatec Spine, Inc. and SafeOp Surgical, Inc., our mission is to revolutionize the approach to spine surgery through clinical distinction. Our approach-based spine surgery products and solutions integrate seamlessly with our SafeOp Neural InformatiXTM System to provide real-time, objective nerve information that can enhance the safety and reproducibility of spine surgery.

We have a broad product portfolio designed to address the majority of spinal disorders. We have driven growth by exploiting our collective spine experience and investing in research and development to continually differentiate our solutions and improve spine surgery. We believe our future success will be fueled by introducing market-shifting innovation to the spine market, and we believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on current spine market dynamics.

We market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives. An objective of our leadership team is to deliver increasingly consistent, predictable growth. To accomplish this, we have partnered more closely with new and existing distributors to create a more dedicated and loyal sales channel for the future. We have added, and intend to continue to add, new high-quality distributors to our strategic distribution network to expand future growth. We believe this will allow us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals, and national accounts across the U.S., as well as better penetrate existing accounts and territories.

Since 2017, we have made significant changes to drive a more strategic (and ultimately, exclusive) sales channel, positioning the Company for durable above-market growth. The decision to cease business with non-core legacy distributors, including non-strategic, stocking, and physician-owned distributors representing more than $30 million in annualized revenues prior to 2017, was our commitment to changing the historic culture of underperformance and refocusing on long-term, sustainable growth. While the decline in legacy revenues clouded overall growth metrics in 2017 and 2018, revenue from our strategic sales channel grew by more than 40% in 2019.  In 2019, our strategic sales channel comprised nearly 90% of our U.S. revenues.

Going forward, we intend to continue to relentlessly drive toward a fully exclusive network of independent and direct sales agents. Recent consolidation in the industry is facilitating the process, as large, seasoned agents are seeking opportunities to re-enter the spine market by partnering with spine-focused companies that have broad, growing product portfolios.

Recent Developments

On February 28, 2020, we announced an agreement to acquire EOS imaging, SA, or EOS. EOS imaging is a leader in outcome-improving orthopedic medical imaging and software solutions, and is globally recognized for its rapid, low dose, biplanar full-body imaging and 3D modeling capabilities.  The EOS technology informs the entire surgical process by capturing a calibrated, full-body image in a standing (weight-bearing) position, enabling precise measurement of anatomical angles and dimensions.  The resulting imaging drives a more accurate understanding of patient alignment during diagnosis, elevates the likelihood of surgical goal fulfillment by integrating a fully informed plan into surgery, and enables a post-operative assessment against the original surgical plan

We believe the addition of EOS imaging will advance our AlphaInformatiX platform, providing capabilities in surgical planning, patient-specific implants, intraoperative alignment reconciliation, and other intraoperative functionalities resulting in a platform distinctively equipped to address the requirements of spine surgery.

We expect the transaction to close in the third quarter of 2020.

Strategy

Our vision is to be the standard bearer in spine. By leveraging our team’s extensive spine experience to create clinically distinct solutions that improve surgical outcomes, we believe that we are positioned to take a greater share of the U.S. spine market, becoming the partner of choice for spine surgeons, hospitals, healthcare systems, and payors.

To achieve our vision and build long-term value, we are committed to attracting, engaging, and retaining the best talent in the industry. We are also driving an organizational transformation by prioritizing the following vital initiatives:

1

 


Create Clinical Distinction

We are committed to the development, launch, and promotion of technologies intended to simplify surgical procedures, provide enhanced information for surgeons, and improve patient outcomes. We offer a broad portfolio of products that address the core spine pathologies.

We continue to make investments to advance the clinical distinction of our product portfolio and accelerate revenue growth. In 2019, our launch of 12 newly developed commercial products contributed to 37% of our total U.S. revenue, with the most recent launch in the fourth quarter of 2019 related to the first installment of our Alpha InformatiX product platform, the SafeOp Neural InformatiX System. We believe surgeons yearn for expanded intra-operative information that can help drive objective decision-making and improve patient outcomes and surgical success. To address this, we have developed, and are continuing to seek to develop, next-generation access systems, implants, and biologics that will provide seamless integration, which will enable elegant, minimally disruptive spine access that achieves clinical success over a wide-range of the surgical approaches.

We expect our revenue mix to continue to shift increasingly toward newly developed solutions as we continue to bring next generation products to market. Looking to 2020 and beyond, we intend to continue to be a leader and pioneer of industry innovation. As such, we expect continued growth as our new solutions drive surgeon adoption of our procedures, increasing the number of our products preferred for use by surgeons and sold into clinical procedures.

Compel Surgeon Adoption

An integral part of our strategy is to lay the groundwork to drive surgeon adoption of the innovative products we have recently introduced, and will continue to introduce over the next several years. A key component of our drive to renew surgeon interest is our “ATEC Experience” educational program for visiting surgeons. The surgeon relationships we are creating through our educational program continue to exhibit strong growth, evidenced by the increase in our surgeon partnerships and surgeon participation in the program, as well as the year-over-year growth of surgeon adoption of our products. Throughout 2019, revenue attributable to new surgeon customers has continued to steadily increase and outpace overall revenue growth.

Revitalize the Sales Channel

Distributors. Currently, we market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives. We seek to deliver consistent, predictable growth through a durable brand commitment. To accomplish this, we believe there is significant opportunity for us to partner closely with our distributors to create a more dedicated and focused network. We believe that recent consolidation in the industry is increasingly affording us an opportunity to attract large, experienced distributors and agents seeking partnerships with companies like ours; partners that can offer an innovative and robust product portfolio, with a pipeline of technologies focused solely on spine solutions.

We are bringing higher-volume, more sophisticated distributors on board, and simultaneously terminating non-dedicated distribution relationships that do not serve our long-term vision or strategy. Strategic distribution partners are those that we have, and will continue to build our sustainable business with.  Typically, these represent high-volume distributors we have brought over from major competitors   Legacy, non-strategic distributors are typically long-time non-dedicated, non-exclusive partners who desire to continue selling competitive products.  We have been, and will continue to, actively transition these distributors out of our sales channel.

We believe these efforts will continue to enhance the quality and profile of our distribution channel, allowing us to reach new surgeons, hospitals, and national accounts across the U.S., and more effectively penetrate and serve existing territories. During 2019, we expanded the percentage of U.S. commercial revenue driven by strategic distributors to nearly 90% of our U.S. revenue, up from 80% in 2018 and approximately 60% in 2017.

National Accounts. We employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and group purchasing organizations, or GPOs, across the U.S. We have been very successful securing access to hospitals and GPOs, and a majority of our business is achieved through these accounts. We will continue to focus on developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or grow business within these existing accounts.

Sales Training and Education. We are also enhancing our sales training and education programs for independent distributors and direct sales representatives to optimize overall sales productivity.

2

 


Spine Anatomy

The spine is the core of the human skeleton and provides important structural support and alignment while remaining flexible to allow movement. The spine is a column of 33 bones that protects the spinal cord and provides the main support for your body. Each bony segment of the spine is referred to as a vertebra (two or more are called vertebrae). The spine has five regions containing groups of similar bones, listed from top to bottom: seven cervical vertebrae in the neck, twelve thoracic vertebrae in the mid-back (each attached to a rib), five lumbar vertebrae in the lower back, five sacral vertebrae fused together to form one bone in the hip region, and four coccygeal bones fused together that form the tailbone. At the front of each vertebra is a block of bone called the vertebral body, Vertebrae are stacked on top of each other and enable people to sit and stand upright. Vertebrae in the cervical, thoracic and lumbar regions are separated from each other and cushioned by a rubbery soft tissue called the intervertebral disc. Strong muscles and bones, flexible tendons and ligaments and sensitive nerves contribute to a healthy spine. Pain can be caused when any of these structures are affected by strain, injury or disease.

3

 


The Alphatec Solution

Our principal procedural offerings include a wide variety of Approach Technologies, designed to achieve clinical success in conditions from degenerative to complex deformity and trauma. Our Approach Technologies are comprised of intra-operative information and neuromonitoring technologies, access systems, interbody implants, fixation systems, and various biologics offerings all designed to improve patient outcomes by achieving the three tenets of spine surgery: (1) decompression, (2) stabilization, and (3) alignment.

Over the past 18 months, we have executed against our communicated product strategy, leveraging both internal and external resources to provide the sales channel with a differentiated cadre of new products (12 in 2019) and a pipeline of 8-10 annually going forward. Products like IdentiTi, a differentiated portfolio of titanium interbody cages, and Invictus, a next generation pedicle screw system, are gaining traction and delivering on management’s goal of driving above market revenue growth. While new products launched since new management took over in late 2017 accounted for less than 10% of total revenue in 2018, that percentage rose to nearly 50% in the fourth quarter of 2019, with full year 2019 U.S. product revenue growth of nearly 30%, well in excess of market growth.

Perhaps the most notable addition to our portfolio has been the 2018 acquisition of SafeOp Surgical. The SafeOp Neural InformatiX SystemTM, our first advanced technology release from the Alpha InformatiX platform, delivers real-time, objective, actionable nerve location and health information to the surgeon. Integrating real-time nerve location and health information with our advanced access and implant technologies enables ATEC to provide surgeons with procedural solutions that enhance safety, efficiency, and reproducibility. Based upon early traction, SafeOp is clearly demonstrating the intended clinical value to surgeons and improving the operative experience.

 

Figure 1: Our portfolio of access systems, implants, technologies and biologics are designed to provide seamless integration and enhance clinical outcomes across multiple pathologies, regardless of a surgeon’s preferred surgical approach.

 

Current Product Portfolio

4

 


Figure 2: We are creating clinical distinction with our portfolio of procedurally-integrated approach-based products and technologies.

Alpha InformatiX

SafeOp Neural InformatiX System, launched in November 2019, is the first release from our Alpha InformatiX product platform. The Alpha InformatiX product platform is our advanced neuromonitoring solution, which is designed to reduce the risk of intraoperative nerve injury. SafeOp next-gen patented technology automates Somatosensory Evoked Potentials, or SSEPs, and is designed to provide surgeons with objective real-time feedback on an easy-to-use mobile platform, providing the surgeon with improved informaion while performing a surgical procedure, and helping to avoid nerve damage while maintaining nerve health.

Our SafeOp Neural InformatiX System provides surgeons real-time, actionable information to detect and monitor the health of nerves at risk during the entire surgical procedure. Key features of our SafeOp neuromonitoring system include:

 

 

Proprietary peripheral devices designed to seamlessly integrate critical neural information into our approaches.

 

Real-time tEMG nerve detection to provide reliable information regarding the location, direction and proximity of relevant neural anatomy

 

Validated Response Thresholding (VRT) algorithm designed to deliver industry-leading nerve detection while reducing the incidence of false positive responses due to electrical noise

 

Dynamic tEMG technology provides real-time feedback during pedicle preparation and screw placement to reduce the risk of pedicle breach and neural impingement

 

Unparalleled ability to monitor femoral nerve health throughout lateral approach procedures through advanced signal processing

 

Seamless integration of critical neural information into our Invictus™ posterior fixation instruments, like SingleStep™

 

Access Systems

Squadron Lateral Retractor is designed to meet the surgeon’s needs and to maximize patient outcomes. The retractor offers multiple features to accommodate any surgical technique, quickly establish access, and minimize retraction time. Key features include:

 

Robust construction that provides a stable corridor with the ability to replace blades in-situ

 

Independent cranial/caudal blade movement enables a precise surgical aperture

5

 


 

Telescoping blades and fourth blade articulation allow the surgeon to traverse challenging anatomy

 

LevelToeTM mechanics provide parallel toe up to 15° to reduce tissue creep

 

ILLICO Access System is a minimally invasive posterior thoracolumbar access system. Independent blade retraction creates a specialized access site while individual blade toeing of up to 15 degrees minimizes soft tissue trauma. Key features include:

 

Simple and intuitive design to allow for ease of use

 

Multiple articulating arm connection points to accommodate varying placement positions

 

Splay feature to help with visualization of surgical landmarks

 

Fixation Systems

 

Invictus Spinal Fixation SystemTM, which was introduced in 2019, is a comprehensive thoracolumbar fixation system that is designed to treat a range of pathologies. The Invictus Spinal Fixation System is fully integrated with our SafeOp Electromyography, or EMG, technology and assists surgeons with intraoperative adaptability and surgical efficiency through a variety of surgical approaches or methods including OPEN, MIS or Hybrid approaches. Key features include:

 

 

Helical Flange®: construct confidence provided by the Invictus thread form designed to reduce the potential to cross-thread and eliminate tulip splay

 

Seamless adaptability to surgical needs with a variety of implants designed to accept multiple rod diameters and materials

 

Instrumentation designed for predictable surgical outcomes in the most challenging procedural scenarios

Invictus MIS SingleStepTM  is a simplified approach to traditional minimally invasive pedicle screw placement, utilizing an all-in-one driver designed to improve surgical efficiency without compromising accuracy. SingleStep eliminates guidewire management and targeting needles, while reducing instrument passes, procedural steps, screw insertion time, and reliance on fluoroscopy.1 The Invictus Spinal Fixation System is intended to help provide immobilization and stabilization of spinal segments as an adjunct to fusion of the thoracic, lumbar, and/or sacral spine. Key features include:

 

Invictus Extended Tab Reduction Screw is uniquely designed for the SingleStep technique

 

Combined with SafeOp™ automated EMG technology, the SingleStep approach offers real-time trajectory and placement confirmation during stylet and screw insertion, providing a predictable fixation solution

 

Arsenal™ Spinal Fixation System is intended for posterior, non-cervical fixation in skeletally mature patients as an adjunct to fusion for the following indications: degenerative disc disease, spondylolisthesis, trauma (i.e., fracture or dislocation); spinal stenosis; curvatures (i.e., scoliosis, kyphosis and/or lordosis); tumor; pseudarthrosis; and/or failed previous fusion. Key features include:

 

 

A comprehensive system capable of handling the most complex deformity pathologies from T1 to the pelvis

 

Ergonomically designed instrumentation

 

Multiple screw options

 

Modular plate design that allows for anti-migratory fixation

 

Multiple pelvic fixation options

 

Low-profile screws

 

Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System is a comprehensive spinal system that can be used to address both degenerative spinal conditions, as well as deformity correction. The Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System offers polyaxial pedicle screws, accompanying implants and advanced instruments for the stabilization of the thoracolumbar spine, as well as deformity specific instrumentation and implants that are designed to enable the surgeon to address patient-specific spinal deformity correction procedures.

OsseoScrew System is intended to restore the integrity of the spinal column even in the absence of fusion for a limited time period in patients with advanced stage tumors involving the thoracic and lumbar spine in whom life expectancy is of insufficient duration to permit achievement of fusion. Key features include:

 

1 

Data on file – LIT-17021

6

 


 

29% greater pull-out strength over conventional pedicle screws2

 

Expansion zone location designed to optimize fixation in the pedicle

 

Provides stabilization for patients with compromised bone

 

Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System has a large window that enables the surgeon to have improved graft site and end plate visualization, which is designed to allow for better placement of the plate. The Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System also has a low-profile design. Low-profile cervical plates are intended to reduce the irritation of the tissue adjacent to the plate following surgery. Other key features of the Trestle Luxe Anterior Cervical Plate System include a self-retaining screw-locking mechanism that is designed to ensure quick and easy locking of the plate and a flush profile after the screws are inserted.

Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic Fixation System and Avalon Occipital Plate consist of rods, polyaxial screws, hooks, and connectors that provide a solution for posterior cervico/thoracic fusion procedures. The Solanas Posterior Cervico/Thoracic System is designed to be used in combination with Zodiac Degenerative Spinal Fixation System and Avalon Occipital Plate, thereby providing surgeons with a solution for occipito-cervico-thoracic fixation. The Avalon Occipital Plate has a unique buttress design for optimal bone graft placement and superior fusion, including three points of plate rotation and translation, which is designed to ease the placement of the plate.

Interbody Systems

IdentiTi Porous Ti Interbody Implants are designed to provide the biological, biomechanical, and imaging characteristics that surgeons seek in a fusion construct. The subtractive process used to manufacture each IdentiTi Implant results in more predictable mechanical performance and enhanced imaging characteristics. IdentiTi implants take advantage of bone’s affinity for titanium and, because of their porosity, have a surface roughness that enhances stability.3  Key features include:

 

Commercially-pure titanium

 

Multiple lordosis and footprint options to accommodate varying surgical requirements

 

Fully interconnected porosity to promote bony on-growth and in-growth (as seen in animal model)4,5

 

Reduced density (60% porous) to enhance intraoperative and postoperative imaging

 

Porous titanium has a stiffness similar to bone6

Transcend Lateral Interbody Implants have been designed to provide the surgeon with a seamless experience across the Alphatec lateral portfolio. Transcend and IdentiTi™ Lateral Implants are designed to function with the same instrumentation, enabling surgeons to use either implant material without requiring separate instrumentation. The Transcend implant offering provides continuity in lordotic options with a refined design to meet all of the surgeon’s lateral needs. Key features of our Transcend Lateral Interbody Implants include:

 

Quick-connect inserter feature that eliminates point loading

 

Bulleted distal tip to provide smooth insertion into the disc space

 

Directional anti-migration teeth to help resist expulsion

 

Tantalum markers for enhanced imaging via fluoroscopy

Battalion PC combines a PEEK body with our patented TiTec™ (titanium) coating technology to take advantage of the characteristics of both materials. The PEEK material allows surgeons to assess fusion through the implant while the titanium-coating provides initial stability due to the roughened surface. Key features include:

 

Multiple length options accommodate varying surgical requirements

 

Patented TiTec coating improves expulsion strength when compared to PEEK7

 

2 

Vishnubhotla S, McGarry WB, Mahar AT, et al. A titanium expandable pedicle screw improves initial pullout strength as compared with standard pedicle screws. Spine J 2011;11:777-81.

3 

Data on file – LIT-84895

4 

Data on file – LIT-84894

5 

Data on file – LIT-84890

6 

Data on file – LIT-84898

7 

Data on file: LIT-84701

7

 


 

TiTec coating combines the visualization and stiffness benefits of PEEK with the initial stability characteristics of titanium

 

Uncoated nose combats delamination and wear debris issues

Novel SD is a PEEK intervertebral body fusion system consists of varying lengths, widths, and heights to accommodate individual patient anatomies. Key features include:

 

Bulleted nose facilitates easy insertion and matches anatomy

 

Three footprint options accommodate different anatomy and surgical procedures

 

Tooth pattern helps prevent migration and adds stability

 

Large contact area resists subsidence

 

PEEK: Radiographic markers ease visual assessment of implant placement and fusion process

 

Titanium: Color-coding by size simplifies identification

Solus Anterior Lumbar Interbody Fusion System is designed to minimize the surgical exposure size and reduce operative time.  The interbody implant features four points of integrated fixation and a large graft aperture to stabilize and restrict motion in the lumbar spine. Fixation deployment is performed in a single step from a true AP view without requiring angled instruments. Key features include:

 

Multiple footprints and lordotic angles accommodate surgical needs

 

Counter-rotating blades simultaneously deploy with four points of fixation

 

Eliminates the complications with angled screw trajectory

Biologics

AlphaGraft Structural Allograft Spacers. We offer a broad portfolio of allograft spacers available in a wide range of shapes and sizes, each with corresponding instrumentation, which are intended for use in the cervical, thoracic, and lumbar regions of the spine. In addition, many of our allograft spacers are packaged in our vacuum-infusion packaging system, or VIP System. The VIP System is a packaging and fluid delivery system that allows for fast and efficient infusion of the surgeon’s choice of hydration fluid. The VIP System provides rapid and uniform hydration, which may reduce the brittleness of the graft and shorten the length of the surgical procedure.

AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold  consists of a sponge-like demineralized bone matrix that has been pre-cut into sizes to fit within a spinal spacer. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold provides a natural scaffold derived entirely from bone that can be placed into a void within a spinal spacer or on top of a spinal spacer. The sponge-like qualities of the scaffold allow a surgeon to compress the scaffold and place it into a small space. Following placement, the scaffold expands for maximum contact between the spinal spacer and the endplate of the vertebral body and is designed to promote fusion. The AlphaGraft ProFuse Demineralized Bone Scaffold is pre-packaged in our proprietary VIP System.

Amnioshield Amniotic Tissue Barrier is an allograft for spinal surgical barrier applications. The composite amniotic membrane reduces inflammation and enhances healing at the surgical site, reduces scar tissue formation and provides an excellent dissection plane.

Alphagraft Demineralized Bone Matrix consists of demineralized human tissue that is mixed with a bioabsorbable carrier and intended for use in surgery for bone grafting.

Neocore Osteoconductive Matrix is designed to provide an effective core environment for bone growth through a synthetic scaffold. When hydrated with patient bone marrow aspirate, or BMA, Neocore becomes a complete bone graft, which possesses all the necessary components of bone growth. Engineered to perform like natural bone, Neocore’s composition and porosity provide the benefits of rapid revascularization throughout graft and supports replacement of three-dimensional matrix with healthy new bone growth. Offering excellent handling characteristics, these pre-formed strips are flexible to conform to adjacent structures, compressible, and moldable.

Products and Technologies Under Development

Internally Developed Products and Technologies

8

 


We are expanding or portfolio of products and technologies to enhance clinical outcomes across multiple pathologies, regardless of a surgeon’s preferred surgical approach.  We expect to launch 8-10 new products during 2020.

EOS imaging

We recently announced an agreement to acquire EOS. EOS is a leader in outcome-improving orthopedic medical imaging and software solutions, and is globally recognized for its rapid, low dose, biplanar full-body imaging and 3D modeling capabilities.  The EOS technology informs the entire surgical process by capturing a calibrated, full-body image in a standing (weight-bearing) position, enabling precise measurement of anatomical angles and dimensions.  The resulting imaging drives a more accurate understanding of patient alignment during diagnosis, elevates the likelihood of surgical goal fulfillment by integrating a fully informed plan into surgery, and enables a post-operative assessment against the original surgical plan

Utilizing advanced predictive analytics, EOS technology is uniquely capable of correlating preoperative and postoperative imaging to assure, from the operating room, the achievement of alignment, the most prognostic factor of long-term successful surgical outcomes. Compared to the conventional spine-imaging modalities, X-Ray and CT, the EOS systems significantly reduce radiation doses and exam times, producing unstitched, full-body, biplanar, high-quality images at lower cost.

Key Features of the EOS portfolio are as follows:

 

 

Standing full-body assessment. Head to toe biplanar exams in the weight-bearing position for accurate assessment of factors causing pain and disability to better guide treatment and surgical decisions.  Surgical planning from a standing position enables alignment parameters that more closely match functional posture.

 

Reduced radiation exposure. Driven by the ALARA* principle, the EOS or EOSedge exam delivers a minimal dose of radiation to reduce the long term impact of repeated imaging.

 

Precise 3D measurements. Patient-specific measurements, dimensions and angles to make informed clinical decisions at all stages of care.  

 

EOSapps and EOSlink for surgical planning and OR integration. Pre-operative planning software to anticipate surgical results and select components for spine surgery; pairs with surgical technologies for precise execution with EOSlink.

 

We expect the acquisition of EOS to close in the third quarter of 2020.

Research and Development

Our research and development department seeks to continually improve our core product offering and introduce new products to increase our penetration in the U.S. spine market. We are focused on developing technology platforms and products that span the largest market segments addressing degenerative and deformity spine pathologies. We have transformed our development process by focusing our development programs and leveraging integrated teams to reduce the time frame from product concept to market commercialization. We also collaborate with our surgeon partners to design products to enhance the surgeon experience, simplify surgical techniques, and reduce overall costs, while improving patient outcomes. Most of our product development efforts are fully integrated in one facility, allowing us to bring products from concept to market rapidly responding to surgeon and patient needs. Our resources include a technology advancement cell for rapid prototyping, a cadaveric lab, and mechanical testing laboratory.

Sales and Marketing

We market and sell our products through a sales force consisting of dedicated and non-dedicated independent distributors and dedicated employee direct sales representatives. We employ a team of area vice-presidents, or AVP’s, and regional business managers, or RBMs, who are responsible for overseeing the overall sales channel process in their territories. Although surgeons in the U.S. typically make the ultimate decision to use our products, we generally bill the hospital for the products that are used and pay commissions to the sales representative or the sales agent based on payment received from the hospital. We compensate our direct sales employees, AVP’s and RBMs through salaries and incentive bonuses based on performance measures.

We are currently in the process of making significant changes to drive a more dedicated and loyal sales channel, including; (i) eliminating our traditional stocking distributors; (ii) moving many of our existing distributor relationships to more dedicated partnerships; and (iii) attracting new, high-quality dedicated distributors. We believe these changes will provide us with opportunities for future growth as we secure more dedicated distribution partners that can further penetrate existing and new geographic markets.

9

 


We evaluate and select our distribution partners and sales employees based upon their expertise in selling spinal devices, reputation within the surgeon community, geographical coverage and established sales network.

We also employ a national accounts team that is responsible for securing access at hospitals and GPOs, across the U.S. We have had strong success with securing access to hospitals and GPOs. We believe this access is a key differentiator for us and much of our current business is achieved through these accounts. We will continue to focus our efforts and investment on developing and maintaining relationships with key GPOs and hospital networks to secure favorable contracts and develop strategies to convert or grow business within existing accounts.

We market our products at various industry conferences, organized surgical training courses, and in industry trade journals and periodicals.

Surgeon Training and Education

We focus our surgeon training efforts on delivering critical technical skills needed on the entire spinal fusion procedure through a peer-to-peer approach to qualified surgeon customers. Well-timed surgeon education programs drive customer conversion and loyalty through leadership and excellence by focusing on delivering value through improved clinical outcomes. We devote significant resources to training and education and are committed to a culture of scientific excellence and ethics.

We believe that one of the most effective ways to introduce and build market demand for our products is by training and educating spine surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives in the benefits and use of our products. Sales training programs will be a platform for learning and organizational development, ensuring the sales force is clinically competitive and considered an essential resource to all stakeholders. We focus on cross functional collaboration and alignment to deliver timely and relevant programs to meet surgeon and representative needs and positively impact the business.

Our training and education programs are designed to support new product introductions to the market as well as ongoing portfolio advancement. Our resources are nimble and responsive and include field-based engagements to supplement our core curriculum. We believe this is an effective way to increase overall surgeon adoption of our new products.

We believe that surgeons, independent distributors, and direct sales representatives will become exposed to the merits and distinguishing features of our products through our training and education programs, and that such exposure will increase the use and promotion of our products. With a focus on the entire procedure, we expect to build awareness of the breadth of our product offering. We are conscientious in the pursuit of delivering value to all stakeholders. Our goal is to provide surgeon education programs coupled with a growing and comprehensive sales training platform that create a sustainable competitive advantage for our organization.

Manufacture and Supply

We rely on third-party suppliers for the manufacture of all our implants and instruments. Outsourcing implant manufacturing reduces our need for capital investment and reduces operational expense. Additionally, outsourcing provides expertise and capacity necessary to scale up or down based on demand for our products. We select our suppliers to ensure that all of our products are safe, effective, adhere to all applicable regulations, are of the highest quality, and meet our supply needs. We employ a rigorous supplier assessment, qualification, and selection process targeted to suppliers that meet the requirements of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and International Organization for Standardization, or ISO, and quality standards supported by internal policies and procedures. Our quality assurance process monitors and maintains supplier performance through qualification and periodic supplier reviews and audits.

10

 


The raw materials used in the manufacture of our non-biologic products are principally titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, cobalt chrome, ceramic, allograft, and PEEK. With the exception of PEEK, none of our raw material requirements is limited to any significant extent by critical supply. We are subject to the risk that Invibio, one of a limited number of PEEK suppliers, will be unable to supply PEEK in adequate amounts and in a timely manner. We believe our supplier relationships and quality processes will support our potential capacity needs for the foreseeable future.

With respect to biologics products, we are FDA-registered and licensed in the states of California, New York, and Florida, the only states that currently require licenses. Our facility and the facilities of the third-party suppliers we use are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by regulatory authorities and may undergo compliance inspections conducted by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies. Because our biologics products are processed from human tissue, maintaining a steady supply can sometimes be challenging. We have not experienced significant difficulty in locating and obtaining the materials necessary to fulfill our production requirements, and we have not experienced a meaningful disruption to sales orders.

In connection with the sale of our international business to Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd, a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc. and its affiliated entities, or collectively Globus, in September 2016, we and Globus entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement, or the Supply Agreement, pursuant to which, at agreed-upon prices, we agreed to supply to Globus certain of our implants and instruments that at the time were being offered for sale by us outside of the United States. Pursuant to the Supply Agreement, we are responsible for ensuring that all of the products delivered to Globus meet all agreed-upon specifications for such products. We have agreed to not market and sell spinal implant products outside of the United States for a period ending two years following the termination of the Supply Agreement. The initial term of the Supply Agreement expired in September 2019, at which point, Globus had the option to extend the term for up to two additional twelve month periods subject to Globus meeting specified purchase requirements. During the first quarter of 2019, Globus notified us that it would exercise the option to extend the agreement an additional twelve months through August 2020.

Competition

Although we believe that our current broad product portfolio and development pipeline is differentiated and has numerous competitive advantages, the spinal implant industry is highly competitive, subject to rapid technological change, and significantly affected by new product introductions. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

 

improved outcomes for spine pathology procedures;

 

ease of use, quality and reliability of product portfolio;

 

effective and efficient sales, marketing and distribution;

 

quality service and an educated and knowledgeable sales network;

 

technical leadership and superiority;

 

surgeon services, such as training and education;

 

responsiveness to the needs of surgeons;

 

acceptance by spine surgeons;

 

product price and qualification for reimbursement; and

 

speed to market.

 

Both our currently marketed products and any future products we commercialize are subject to intense competition. We believe that our most significant competitors are Medtronic, Johnson & Johnson (DePuy/Synthes), Stryker, NuVasive, Zimmer, Biomet, Globus, K2M Medical and others, many of which have substantially greater financial resources than we do. In addition, these companies may have more established distribution networks, entrenched relationships with physicians and greater experience in developing, launching, marketing, distributing and selling spinal implant products.

 

Some of our competitors also provide non-operative therapies for spine disorder conditions. While these non-operative treatments are considered to be an alternative to surgery, surgery is typically performed in the event that non-operative treatments are unsuccessful. We believe that, to date, these non-operative treatments have not caused a material reduction in the demand for surgical treatment of spinal disorders.

11

 


Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure agreements, proprietary information ownership agreements and other measures to protect our intellectual property rights. We believe that in order to have a competitive advantage, we must develop, maintain and enforce the proprietary aspects of our technologies. We require our employees, consultants, co-developers, distributors and advisors to execute agreements governing the ownership of proprietary information and use and disclosure of confidential information in connection with their relationship with us. In general, these agreements require these individuals and entities to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions that were conceived on our behalf or which relate to our property or business and to keep our confidential information confidential and only use such confidential information in connection with our business.

Patents. As of December 31, 2019, we and our affiliates owned, or we exclusively owned 194 issued U.S. patents, 39 pending U.S. patent applications and 217 issued or pending foreign patents. We own multiple patents relating to unique aspects and improvements for several of our products. We do not believe that the expiration of any single patent is likely to significantly affect our intellectual property position.

Trademarks. As of December 31, 2019, we and our affiliates owned 26 registered U.S. trademarks and 9 registered trademarks outside of the U.S.

Government Regulation

Our products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other U.S. federal and state regulatory bodies and comparable authorities in other countries. Our products are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and in the case of our tissue products, also under the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA. To ensure that our products are safe and effective for their intended use, the FDA regulates, among other things, the following activities that we or our partners perform and will continue to perform:

 

 

product design and development;

 

product testing;

 

non-clinical and clinical research;

 

product manufacturing;

 

product labeling;

 

product storage;

 

premarket clearance or approval;

 

advertising and promotion;

 

product marketing, sales and distribution;

 

import and export; and

 

post-market surveillance, including reporting deaths or serious injuries related to products and certain product malfunctions.

Government Regulation—Medical Devices

FDA’s Premarket Clearance and Approval Requirements. Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United States will require either FDA clearance of a premarket notification requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval of a premarket approval application, or PMA. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Under the FDCA medical devices are classified into one of three classes -Class I, Class II or Class III-depending on the degree of risk associated with the use of the device and the extent of manufacturer and regulatory controls deemed to be necessary by the FDA to reasonably ensure their safety and effectiveness.

Class I devices are those with the lowest risk to the patient for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA’s

12

 


Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices also require 510(k) clearance by the FDA, though most Class I devices are exempt from the premarket notification requirements. Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, product-specific guidance documents and post-market surveillance. Manufacturers of most Class II devices are required to submit to the FDA a premarket notification under Section 510(k) of the FDCA. Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by compliance with the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices must be the subject of an approved PMA. Both 510(k)s and PMAs are subject to the payment of user fees at the time of submission for FDA review.

If the FDA determines that the device is not “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device following submission and review of a 510(k) premarket notification, or if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk, the device sponsor may either pursue a PMA approval or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. Our current products on the market in the U.S. are Class II devices marketed under FDA 510(k) premarket clearance.

510(k) Clearance Pathway. To obtain 510(k) clearance, we must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a device legally marketed in the United States. A predicate device is a legally marketed device that is not subject to premarket approval, i.e., a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976 (pre-amendments device) and for which a PMA is not required, a device that has been reclassified from Class III to Class II or I, or a device that was found substantially equivalent through the 510(k) process. To be “substantially equivalent,” the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

The FDA’s goal is to review and act on each 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but the process usually takes from nine to 12 months, and it may take longer if the FDA requests additional information. Most 510(k)s do not require supporting data from clinical trials, but the FDA may request such data. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, require premarket approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to determine whether the proposed change requires the submission of a 510(k) or PMA, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant fines or penalties. We have made and plan to continue to make enhancements to our products for which we have not submitted 510(k)s or PMAs, and we will consider on a case-by-case basis whether a new 510(k) or PMA is necessary.

13

 


The FDA began to consider proposals to reform its 510(k) marketing clearance process in 2011, and such proposals could include increased requirements for clinical data and a longer review period. Specifically, in response to industry and healthcare provider concerns regarding the predictability, consistency and rigor of the 510(k) regulatory pathway, the FDA initiated an evaluation of the 510(k) program, and as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, Congress reauthorized the Medical Device User Fee Amendments with various FDA performance goal commitments and enacted several “Medical Device Regulatory Improvements” and miscellaneous reforms, which are further intended to clarify and improve medical device regulation both pre- and post-clearance and approval. Further, in December 2016, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear.

Premarket Approval Pathway. Class III devices require PMA approval before they can be marketed, although some pre-amendment Class III devices for which the FDA has not yet required a PMA are cleared through the 510(k) process. The PMA process is generally more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data including, but not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, preclinical and clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling information to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA’s satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. Following receipt of a PMA, the FDA determines whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the FDA accepts the application for review, it has 180 days under the FDCA to complete its review of the PMA, although in practice, the FDA’s review often takes significantly longer, and can take up to several years. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant’s response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. Also during the review period, an advisory panel of experts from outside the FDA may be convened to review and evaluate the application and provide recommendations to the FDA as to the approvability of the device. The FDA may or may not accept the panel’s recommendation. In addition, the FDA will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with quality system regulation, or QSR. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy, and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

Clinical Trials. Clinical trials are almost always required to support a PMA and are sometimes required for a 510(k). All clinical investigations of investigational devices to determine safety and effectiveness must be conducted in accordance with the FDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, regulations which govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion of the investigational device, and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. If the device is determined to present a “significant risk” to human health, the manufacturer may not begin a clinical trial until it submits an IDE application to the FDA and obtains approval of the IDE from the FDA. The IDE must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. In addition, the study must be approved by, and conducted under the oversight of, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each clinical site. The IRB is responsible for the initial and continuing review of the IDE, and may pose additional requirements for the conduct of the study. If an IDE application is approved by the FDA and one or more IRBs, human clinical trials may begin at a specific number of investigational sites with a specific number of patients, as approved by the FDA. If the device presents a non-significant risk to the patient, a sponsor may begin the clinical trial after obtaining approval for the trial by one or more IRBs without separate approval from the FDA, but must still follow abbreviated IDE requirements, such as monitoring the investigation, ensuring that the investigators obtain informed consent, and labeling and record-keeping requirements. A clinical trial may be suspended by FDA, the sponsor or an IRB at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial. Even if a clinical trial is completed, the results may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy of a device to the satisfaction of the FDA, or may be equivocal or otherwise not be sufficient to obtain approval of a device.

Pervasive and Continuing FDA Regulation. After a device is placed on the market, numerous FDA and other regulatory requirements continue to apply. These include:

 

 

registration and listing requirements, which require manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

 

the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party contract manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, supplier/contractor selection, documentation, record maintenance and other quality assurance controls, during all aspects of the manufacturing process and to maintain and investigate complaints;

 

labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

 

advertising and promotion requirements;

 

restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

14

 


 

FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved “off-label” uses;

 

medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers submit reports to the FDA of device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

 

medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

 

device tracking requirements; and

 

other post-market surveillance requirements, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.

Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following:

 

 

 

warning letters and untitled letters;

 

fines, injunctions, consent decrees, and civil penalties;

 

recalls, withdrawals, administrative detention, or seizure of products;

 

operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

withdrawals of 510(k) clearances or PMA approvals that have already been granted;

 

refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; and/or

 

criminal prosecution.

Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic announced and unannounced inspections by the FDA to evaluate compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.

Regulation of Human Cells, Tissues, and Cellular and Tissue-based Products. Certain of our products are regulated as human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps. Section 361 of the PHSA authorizes the FDA to issue regulations to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable disease. HCT/Ps regulated as “361” HCT/Ps are subject to requirements relating to registering facilities and listing products with the FDA, screening and testing for tissue donor eligibility, or Good Tissue Practice, when processing, storing, labeling, and distributing HCT/Ps, including required labeling information, stringent record keeping, and adverse event reporting, among other applicable requirements and laws. If the HCT/P is minimally manipulated, is intended for homologous use only and meets other requirements, the HCT/P will not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, a Biologics License Applications, or other premarket authorization from the FDA before marketing.

Environmental Matters

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive federal, state, and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions; wastewater discharges; the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the handling and disposal of hazardous wastes; the cleanup of contamination; and the health and safety of our employees. Under such laws and regulations, we are required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for some of our operations. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. We could also be held responsible for costs and damages arising from any contamination at our past or present facilities or at third-party waste disposal sites. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials, and we may incur material liability as a result of any contamination or injury.

Compliance with Certain Applicable Statutes

We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws, false claims laws, criminal health care fraud laws, physician payment transparency laws, data privacy and security laws and foreign corrupt practice laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and/or civil sanctions, including, in some instances, fines, imprisonment and, within the United States, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs, including Medicare,

15

 


Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs. These laws are administered by, among others, the U.S. Department of Justice, the Office of Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services and state attorneys general. Many of these agencies have increased their enforcement activities with respect to medical device manufacturers in recent years.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for or recommending a good or service, for which payment may be made in whole or part under federal healthcare programs, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the healthcare industry. For example, the definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payments, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. In addition, the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, which, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, and collectively referred to as ACA. ACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act.

In implementing the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General, or OIG, has issued a series of regulations, known as the safe harbors, which began in July 1991. These safe harbors set forth provisions that, in circumstances where all the applicable requirements are met, will assure healthcare providers and other parties that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all requirements of an applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as the OIG. Penalties for violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Many states have antikickback laws that are similar to the federal law, some of which apply to the referral of patients for healthcare items or services reimbursed by any source, and may also result in penalties, fines, sanctions for violations, and exclusions from state or commercial programs.

We have entered into various agreements with certain surgeons that perform services for us, including some who make clinical decisions to use our products. Some of our referring surgeons own our stock, which they received from us as consideration for services performed. We frequently review these arrangements to determine whether they are in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, physician-owned distribution companies, or PODs, have become decreasingly involved in the sale and distribution of medical devices, including products for the surgical treatment of spine disorders. In many cases, these distribution companies enter into arrangements with hospitals that bill Medicare or Medicaid for the furnishing of medical services, and the physician-owners are among the physicians who refer patients to the hospitals for surgery. On March 26, 2013 the OIG issued a Special Fraud Alert entitled “Physician-Owned Entities”, or the Fraud Alert, in which the OIG concluded, among other things, that PODs are “inherently suspect under the anti-kickback statute” and that PODs present “substantial fraud and abuse risk and pose dangers of patient safety.” Since 2013, the OIG has further increased its scrutiny of PODs and the Department of Justice has brought several high-profile cases against physician owners.

The federal False Claims Act prohibits persons from knowingly filing or causing to be filed a false or fraudulent claim to, or the knowing use of false statements to obtain payment from, the federal government. Private suits filed under the False Claims Act, known as qui tam actions, can be brought by individuals on behalf of the government. These individuals, sometimes known as “relators” or, more commonly, as “whistleblowers,” may share in any amounts paid by the entity to the government in fines or settlement. The number of filings of qui tam actions has increased significantly in recent years, causing more healthcare companies to have to defend a False Claim Act action. If an entity is determined to have violated the federal False Claims Act, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between $10,000 to $22,000 for each separate false claim and may be subject to exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. Various states have also enacted similar laws modeled after the federal False Claims Act which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. The ACA changed the intent requirement of the healthcare fraud statute to such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or

16

 


making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in similar sanctions.

ACA also includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement in addition to those changes discussed above. Among these additional provisions include increased funding for enforcement efforts and new “sunshine” provisions to require us to report and disclose to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, any payment or “transfer of value” made or distributed to physicians or teaching hospitals. These sunshine provisions also require certain group purchasing organizations, including physician-owned distributors, to disclose physician ownership information to CMS. We and other device manufacturers are required to collect and annually report specific data on payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals. There are various state laws and initiatives that require device manufacturers to disclose to the appropriate regulatory agency certain payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, and in certain cases prohibit some forms of these payments, with the risk of fines for any violation of such requirements.

HIPAA also includes privacy and security provisions designed to regulate the use and disclosure of “protected health information”, or PHI, which is health information that identifies a patient and that is held by a health care provider, a health plan or health care clearinghouse. We are not directly regulated by HIPAA, but our ability to access PHI for purposes such as marketing, product development, clinical research or other uses is controlled by HIPAA and restrictions placed on health care providers and other covered entities. HIPAA was amended in 2009 by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, which strengthened the rule, increased penalties for violations and added a requirement for the disclosure of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media. We must carefully structure any transaction involving PHI to avoid violation of HIPAA and HITECH requirements.

Almost all states have adopted data security laws protecting personal information including social security numbers, state issued identification numbers, credit card or financial account information coupled with individuals’ names or initials. We must comply with all applicable state data security laws, even though they vary extensively, and must ensure that any breaches or accidental disclosures of personal information are promptly reported to affected individuals and responsible government entities. We must also ensure that we maintain compliant, written information security programs or run the risk of civil or even criminal sanctions for non-compliance as well as reputational harm for publicly reported breaches or violations.

If any of our operations are found to have violated or be in violation of any of the laws described above and other applicable state and federal fraud and abuse laws, we may be subject to penalties, among them being civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Third-Party Reimbursement

In the U.S., healthcare providers generally rely on third-party payors, principally private insurers and governmental payors such as Medicare and Medicaid, to cover and pay for all or part of the cost of a spine surgery in which our medical devices are used. We expect that sales volumes and prices of our products will depend in large part on the continued availability of reimbursement from such third-party payors. These third-party payors may deny reimbursement if they determine that a device used in a procedure was not medically necessary in accordance with cost-effective treatment methods, as determined by the third-party payor, or was used for an unapproved indication. Particularly in the U.S., third-party payors continue to carefully review, and increasingly challenge, the prices charged for procedures and medical products. Medicare coverage and reimbursement policies are developed by CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program, and its contractors. CMS establishes these Medicare policies for medical products and procedures and such policies are periodically reviewed and updated. While private payors vary in their coverage and payment policies, the Medicare program is viewed as a benchmark. Medicare payment rates for the same or similar procedures vary due to geographic location, nature of the facility in which the procedure is performed (i.e., teaching or community hospital) and other factors. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures in which our products are used. ACA and other reform proposals contain significant changes regarding Medicare, Medicaid and other third party payors.

Among these changes was the imposition of a 2.3% excise tax on domestic sales of medical devices that went into effect on January 1, 2013. This tax has resulted in a significant increase in the tax burden on our industry. In December 2015, the U.S. Congress adopted and President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016. Among other things, this legislation put in place a two-year moratorium on the device tax through the end of 2017. Other elements of the ACA include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and by instituting more sweeping payment reforms, such as bundled payments for episodes of care, the establishment of “accountable care organizations” under which hospitals and physicians will be able to share savings that result from cost control efforts, comparative effectiveness research, value-based purchasing, and the establishment of an independent payment advisory board.

17

 


We expect that political party control of the House of Representatives, the Senate and even State-level elections could shift the trajectory of current health policy, including potential to modify, repeal, or otherwise invalidate all, or certain provisions of, the ACA. Since its enactment, there have also been other judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. As a result, there have been delays in the implementation of, and action taken to repeal or replace, certain aspects of the ACA. In March 2017, the United States House of Representatives introduced legislation known as the American Health Care Act, or the AHCA, which, if enacted, would amend or repeal significant portions of the ACA. Among other changes, the AHCA, would repeal the medical device tax, eliminate penalties on individuals and employers that fail to maintain or provide minimum essential coverage and create refundable tax credits to assist individuals in buying health insurance. The AHCA would also make significant changes to Medicaid by, among other things, making Medicaid expansion optional for states, repealing the requirement that state Medicaid plans provide the same essential health benefits that are required by plans available on the exchanges, modifying federal funding, including implementing a per capita cap on federal payments to states, and changing certain eligibility requirements. Given recent changes of political party control of the House of Representatives, it is uncertain when or if the provisions in the AHCA will become law, or the extent to which any such changes may impact our business.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include the Budget Control Act of 2011, which resulted in reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken, as well as, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals and imaging centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for procedures using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes, and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially.

We believe that the overall escalating cost of medical products and services has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased pressures on the healthcare industry to reduce the costs of products and services. We cannot assure you that government or private third-party payors will cover and provide adequate payment for the procedures using our products. In addition, it is possible that future legislation, regulation, or reimbursement policies of third-party payors will adversely affect the demand for procedures using our products or our ability to sell our products on a profitable basis. The unavailability or inadequacy of third-party payor coverage or reimbursement could have a significant adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Employees

As of December 31, 2019, we had 227 employees in the U.S., 190 of which were based in our Carlsbad, California headquarters, covering all of the following functional areas: sales, customer service, marketing, clinical education, advanced manufacturing, quality assurance, regulatory affairs, research and development, human resources, finance, legal, information technology and administration. We have never experienced a work stoppage due to labor difficulties and believe that our relations with our employees are good. We currently have no employees working under collective bargaining agreements.

Corporate and Available Information

We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in March 2005. Our principal executive office is located at 5818 El Camino Real, Carlsbad, California 92008 and our telephone number is (760) 431-9286. Our Internet address is www.atecspine.com. We are not including the information contained on our website as a part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, are available to you free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such materials have been electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

18

 


Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks faced by the Company. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial may become important factors that affect us. If any of such risks or the risks described below occur, either alone or taken together occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our business plan relies on certain assumptions pertaining to the market for our products that, if incorrect, may adversely affect our growth and profitability.

We allocate our design, development, marketing, management and financial resources based on our business plan, which includes assumptions about various demographic trends in the treatment of spine disorders and the resulting demand for our products. However, these trends are uncertain. Our assumptions with respect to an aging population with broad medical coverage and longer life expectancy, which we expect to lead to increased spinal injuries and degeneration, may not be accurate. In addition, an increasing awareness and use of non-invasive means for the prevention and treatment of back pain and rehabilitation purposes may reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. A significant shift in technologies or methods used in the treatment of back pain or damaged or diseased bone and tissue could adversely affect demand for some or all of our products. For example, pharmaceutical advances could result in non-surgical treatments gaining more widespread acceptance as a viable alternative to spine fusion. The emergence of new biological or synthetic materials to facilitate regeneration of damaged or diseased bone and to repair damaged tissue could increasingly minimize or delay the need for spine fusion surgery and provide other biological alternatives to spine fusion. New surgical procedures could diminish demand for some of our products. The increased acceptance of emerging technologies that do not require spine fusion, such as artificial discs and nucleus replacement, for the surgical treatment of spine disorders would reduce demand for, or slow the growth of sales of, spine fusion products. If our assumptions regarding these factors prove to be incorrect or if alternative treatments to those offered by our products gain further acceptance, then demand for our products could be significantly less than we anticipate and we may not be able to achieve or sustain growth or profitability.

We are in a highly competitive market segment, face competition from large, well-established medical device companies with significant resources, and may not be able to compete effectively.

The market for spine fusion products and procedures is intensely competitive, subject to rapid technological change and significantly affected by new product introductions and other market activities of industry participants. In 2018, a significant percentage of global spine implant product revenues was generated by Medtronic Sofamor Danek, a subsidiary of Medtronic; Depuy Spine, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson; and Stryker. Our competitors also include numerous other publicly-traded companies such as NuVasive, Zimmer, Globus and SeaSpine Holdings Corp.

Several of our competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including:

 

more established relationships with spine surgeons;

 

more established distribution networks;

 

broader spine surgery product offerings;

 

stronger intellectual property portfolios;

 

greater financial and other resources for product research and development, sales and marketing, and patent litigation;

 

greater experience in, and resources for, launching, marketing, distributing and selling products;

 

greater name recognition as well as more recognizable trademarks for products similar to the products that we sell;

 

more established relationships with healthcare providers and payers;

 

products supported by more extensive clinical data; and

 

greater experience in obtaining and maintaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for products and product enhancements.

19

 


In addition, at any time our current competitors or other companies may develop alternative treatments, products or procedures for the treatment of spine disorders that compete directly or indirectly with our products, including ones that prove to be superior to our spine surgery products. For these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our existing or potential competitors. Any such failure could lead us to further modify our strategy, lower our prices, increase the commissions we pay on sales of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant percentage of our revenues are derived from the sale of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws.

Net sales of our systems that include polyaxial pedicle screws represented approximately 50% our net sales for both 2018 and 2017, and continue to be significant in 2019. A decline in sales of these systems, due to lower market demand, the introduction by a third party of a competitive product, an intellectual property dispute involving these systems, or otherwise, would have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Some of the technology related to our polyaxial pedicle screw systems is licensed to us. We rely on such licenses in order to be able to use various proprietary technologies that are material to these systems. We do not own the patents that underlie these licenses. Our rights to use these technologies and employ the inventions claimed in the licensed patents are subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of those licenses. In some cases, we do not control the prosecution, maintenance or filing of the patents to which we hold licenses. Enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents is often subject to the control or cooperation of our licensors. We cannot be certain that our licensors will prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend the licensed patent rights in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We also cannot be certain that drafting or prosecution of the licensed patents and patent applications by the licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, will result in valid and enforceable patents and other intellectual property rights, or that any issued patents or patents that may issue in the future will provide any competitive advantage. Certain of our licenses contain provisions that allow the licensor to terminate the license upon specific conditions. Our rights under each of the licenses are subject to our continued compliance with the terms of the license, including certain diligence, disclosure and confidentiality obligations and the payment of royalties and other fees. If we were found to be in breach of any of our license agreements, in certain circumstances our licensors may take action against us, including termination of the applicable license. Because of the complexity of our product and the patents we have licensed, determining the scope of the license and related obligations can be difficult and can lead to disputes between us and the licensor. An unfavorable resolution of such a dispute could lead to an increase in the royalties payable pursuant to the license or termination of the license. Any action that would prevent us from manufacturing, marketing and selling our polyaxial pedicle screw systems or increase the costs associated with manufacturing, marketing and selling our polyaxial pedicle screw systems and would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our sales and marketing efforts are largely dependent upon third parties, many of which are non-exclusive and free to market products that compete with our products.

Most of our independent distributor arrangements are non-exclusive and our distributors are not obligated to buy our products and can represent competing products, and they may be unwilling or unable to dedicate the resources necessary to promote our portfolio of products. Many of our independent distributors also market and sell the products of our competitors, and those competitors may have the ability to influence the products that our independent distributors choose to market and sell. Our competitors may be able, by offering higher commission payments or otherwise, to convince our independent distributors to terminate their relationships with us, carry fewer of our products or reduce their sales and marketing efforts for our products. Our independent distributors have varying expertise in marketing and selling specialty medical devices. They also sell other devices that may result in less focus on our products. Our ability to incentivize and motivate distributors to manage and sell our products is affected by competition from other medical device companies who have greater resources than we do. To the extent that our independent distributors, retailers and brokers are distracted from selling our products or do not employ sufficient efforts in managing and selling our products, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected. Furthermore, such third parties’ financial position or market share may deteriorate, which could adversely affect the distribution, marketing and sale of our products.

If pricing pressures cause us to decrease prices for our goods and services and we are unable to compensate for such reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions to our expenses, our results of operations will suffer.

We have experienced and may continue to experience decreasing prices for our goods and services we offer due to pricing pressure exerted by our customers in response to increased cost containment efforts from managed care organizations and other third-party payers and increased market power of our customers as the medical device industry consolidates. If we are unable to offset such price reductions through changes in our product mix or reductions in our expenses, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be adversely affected.

20

 


To be commercially successful, we must convince the spine surgeon community that our products are an attractive alternative to our competitors’ products. If the spine surgeon community does not use our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable to increase our sales and generate profits.

In order for us to sell our products, spine surgeons must be convinced that our products are superior to competing products. Acceptance of our products depends on educating the spine surgeon community as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products compared to our competitors’ products and on training spine surgeons in the proper application of our products. If we are not successful in convincing the spine surgeon community of the merit of our products, our sales will decline and we will be unable to increase or achieve and sustain growth or profitability.

There is a learning process involved for spine surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. Although most spine surgeons may have adequate knowledge on how to use most of our products based on their clinical training and experience, we believe that the most effective way to introduce and build market demand for our products is by directly training spine surgeons in the use of our products. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must attract new distributors of our products.

We plan to continue to focus on increasing our network of independent distributors. The establishment and development of a broader distribution network may be expensive and time consuming. Because of the intense competition for their services, we may be unable to recruit or retain additional qualified independent distributors. Often, our competitors enter into distribution agreements with independent distributors that require such distributors to exclusively sell the products of our competitors. Further, we may not be able to enter into agreements with independent distributors on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Even if we do enter into agreements with additional independent distributors, it often takes 90 to 120 days for new distributors to reach full operational effectiveness and such distributors may not generate revenue as quickly as we expect them to, commit the necessary resources to effectively market and sell our products or ultimately be successful in selling our products. Our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected if we do not attract new, additional independent distributors or if the marketing and sales efforts of our independent distributors and our own direct sales representatives are unsuccessful.

We rely on a limited number of third parties to manufacture and supply our products. Any problems experienced by any of these manufacturers could result in a delay or interruption in the supply of our products to us until such manufacturer cures the problem or until we locate and qualify an alternative source of supply.

We rely on third party suppliers for the manufacture of our implants and instruments. We currently rely on a limited number of third party suppliers and any prolonged disruption in the operations of our third party suppliers could have a significant negative impact on our ability to supply our products to customers and to perform our obligations under the Supply Agreement with Globus, and would cause us to seek additional third-party manufacturing contracts, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. We may suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed coverage under our manufacturer’s insurance policies. Events beyond our control, such as natural disasters, fire, sabotage or business accidents could have a significant negative impact on our operations by disrupting our product development and commercialization efforts until such third-party supplier can repair its facility or put in place third-party contract manufacturers to assume this manufacturing role, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer or the re-verification of an existing manufacturer could negatively affect our ability to develop products or supply products to customers in a timely manner. Any disruption in the manufacture of our products by our third party suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on various third-party suppliers, and in one case a single third-party supplier, for key raw materials used in the manufacturing processes for our products and the loss of any of these third-party suppliers, or their inability to supply us with adequate raw materials, could harm our business.

We use a number of raw materials, including titanium, titanium alloys, stainless steel, PEEK, and human tissue. We rely from time to time on a number of suppliers and in one case on a single source vendor, Invibio. We have a supply agreement with Invibio, pursuant to which it supplies us with PEEK, a biocompatible plastic that we use in some of our spacers. Invibio is one of a limited number of companies approved to distribute PEEK in the United States for use in implantable devices. During 2019, approximately 14% of our revenues were derived from products manufactured using PEEK.

21

 


We depend on a limited number of sources of human tissue for use in our biologics products, and any failure to obtain tissue from these sources or to have the tissue processed by these entities for us in a timely manner will interfere with our ability to meet demand for our biologics products effectively. The processing of human tissue into biologics products is labor intensive and it is therefore difficult to maintain a steady supply stream. In addition, due to seasonal changes in mortality rates, some scarce tissues used for our biologics products are at times in particularly short supply. Our supply of human tissue from our current suppliers and our current inventory of biologics products may not be available at current levels or may not be sufficient to meet our needs.

Our dependence on a single third-party PEEK supplier and the challenges we may face in obtaining adequate supplies of biologics products involve several risks, including limited control over pricing, availability, quality and delivery schedules. In addition, any supply interruption in a limited or sole sourced component or raw material, such as PEEK or human tissue, could materially harm the ability of our third party manufacturers to manufacture our products until a new source of supply, if any, could be found. We may be unable to find a sufficient alternative supply channel in a reasonable time period or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our tissue-based products and related technologies could become subject to significantly greater regulation by the FDA, which could disrupt our business.

The FDA regulates human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products, or HCT/Ps, but the extent to which they are regulated depends on how they are manufactured and used and whether they meet other criteria for minimal regulation. These criteria include but are not limited to the use of the HCT/Ps for homo-logous use only and minimal manipulation of the HCT/Ps. These HCT/Ps are regulated by the FDA solely under Section 361 of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and are referred to as “Section 361 HCT/Ps,” while other HCT/Ps are subject to FDA’s regulatory requirements applicable to medical devices or biologics. Section 361 HCT/Ps do not require 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, licensure of a biologics license application, or BLA, or other premarket authorization from FDA before marketing. We believe our HCT/Ps are regulated solely under Section 361 of the PHSA, and therefore, we have not sought or obtained 510(k) clearance, PMA approval, or licensure through a BLA. The FDA could disagree with our determination that our tissue-based products are Section 361 HCT/Ps and could determine that these products are biologics requiring a BLA or medical devices requiring 510(k) clearance or PMA approval, and could require that we cease marketing such products and/or recall them pending appropriate clearance, approval or license from the FDA. If the FDA determines that any of our current or future products contain HCT/Ps that do not meet the criteria for regulation as a Section 361 HCT/P, it could subject some of our products to additional review and regulatory oversight. If this were to happen, further distribution of the affected products could be interrupted for a substantial period of time, which would reduce our revenues and hurt our profitability.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with the FDA’s quality system and good tissue practice regulations, the manufacture of our products could be delayed.

We and our suppliers are required to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers, among other things, the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, record keeping, storage and shipping of our products. In addition, suppliers and processors of products derived from HCT must comply with the FDA’s current good tissue practice requirements, or cGTPs, which govern the methods used in and the facilities and controls used for the manufacture of HCT/Ps, record keeping and the establishment of a quality program. The FDA audits compliance with the QSR and cGTPs through inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. If we or our suppliers have significant non-compliance issues or if any corrective action plan is not sufficient, we or our suppliers could be forced to halt the manufacture of our products until such problems are corrected to the FDA’s satisfaction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, our products could be subject to recall if the FDA determines, for any reason, that our products are not safe or effective. Any recall or FDA requirement demanding that we seek additional approvals or clearances could result in delays, costs associated with modification of a product, loss of revenue and potential operating restrictions imposed by the FDA, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent federal legislation to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In response to perceived increases in health care costs in recent years, there have been and continue to be proposals by the federal government, state governments, regulators and third-party payers to control these costs and, more generally, to reform the U.S. healthcare system. Certain of these proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our products or the amounts of reimbursement available for our products, limit the acceptance and availability of our products, and have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations. An expansion in government’s role in the U.S. healthcare industry may lower reimbursements for procedures using our products, reduce medical procedure volumes and adversely affect our business and results of operations, possibly materially.

22

 


The demand for products and the prices at which customers and patients are willing to pay for our products depend upon the ability of our customers to obtain adequate third-party coverage and reimbursement for their purchases of our products.

Sales of our products depend in part on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and private payers. In the United States, healthcare providers that purchase our products generally rely on third-party payers, principally Medicare, Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the use of our products. While procedures using our currently marketed products are eligible for reimbursement in the United States, if surgical procedures utilizing our products are performed on an outpatient basis, it is possible that private payers may no longer provide reimbursement for the procedures using our products without further supporting data on the procedure. Any delays in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using our products could significantly affect the acceptance of our products and have a significant adverse effect on our business. Additionally, third-party payers continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. Our business would be negatively impacted if there are any changes that reduce reimbursement for our products.

Furthermore, healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade. There have been and may continue to be proposals by legislators, regulators and third-party payers to contain these costs. Several such proposals were enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or ACA, and include numerous provisions to limit Medicare spending through reductions in various fee schedule payments and sweeping payment reforms. Other federal and state cost-control measures include prospective payment systems, capitated rates, group purchasing, redesign of benefits, requiring pre-authorizations or second opinions prior to major surgery, encouragement of healthier lifestyles and exploration of more cost-effective methods of delivering healthcare. Some healthcare providers in the United States have adopted or are considering a managed care system in which the providers contract to provide comprehensive healthcare for a fixed cost per person. Healthcare providers may also attempt to control costs by authorizing fewer elective surgical procedures or by requiring the use of the least expensive devices possible. These cost-control methods also potentially limit the amount which healthcare providers may be willing to pay for medical devices. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical technology exists among all these payers. Therefore, coverage of and reimbursement for medical technology can differ significantly from payer to payer. The continuing efforts of thirdparty payers, whether governmental or commercial, whether inside or outside the United States, to contain or reduce these costs, combined with closer scrutiny of such costs, could restrict our customers’ ability to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement from these third-party payers. The cost containment measures contained in ACA and other measures being considered at the federal and state level, as well as internationally, could harm our business by adversely affecting the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell our products.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or to the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third party payers to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and will likely continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as GPOs, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may be subject to or otherwise affected by federal and state healthcare laws, including fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws, and could face substantial penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers for our products or the procedures in which our products are used, healthcare regulation by federal and state governments significantly impacts our business. Healthcare fraud and abuse, health information privacy and security, and disclosure laws potentially applicable to our operations include:

 

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, as well as state analogs, which constrains our marketing practices and those of our independent sales agents and distributors, educational programs, pricing policies, and relationships with healthcare providers by prohibiting, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, intended to induce the purchase or recommendation of an item or service reimbursable under a federal (or state or commercial) healthcare program (such as the Medicare or Medicaid programs);

23

 


 

the federal ban, as well as state analogs, on physician self-referrals, which prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physician referrals of Medicare and Medicaid patients to an entity providing certain “designated health services” if the physician or an immediate family member of the physician has any financial relationship with the entity;

 

federal false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payers that are false or fraudulent;

 

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA, and its implementing regulations, which created federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

the state and federal laws “sunshine” provisions that require detailed reporting and disclosures to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, and applicable states of any payments or “transfer of value” made or distributed to prescribers and other health care providers, and for certain states prohibit some forms of these payments, require the adoption of marketing codes of conduct, require the reporting of marketing expenditures and pricing information and constrain relationships with physicians and other referral sources;

 

state laws analogous to each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws that may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payer, including commercial insurers, and state laws governing the privacy of certain health information, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts;

 

the Administrative Simplification provisions of HIPAA, specifically, privacy and security provisions including recent amendments under the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, which impose stringent restrictions on uses and disclosures of protected health information such as for marketing or clinical research purposes and impose significant civil and criminal penalties for non-compliance and require the reporting of breaches to affected individuals, the government and in some cases the media in the event of a violation; and

 

a variety of state-imposed privacy and data security laws which require the protection of information beyond health information, such as employee information or any class of information combining name with state issued identification numbers, social security numbers, credit card, bank or other financial information and which require reporting to state officials in the event of breach or violation and which impose both civil and criminal penalties.

ACA includes various provisions designed to strengthen significantly fraud and abuse enforcement, such as increased funding for enforcement efforts and the lowering of the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and criminal healthcare fraud statute such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of these statutes or specific intent to violate them.

If our past or present operations, or those of our independent sales agents and distributors are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal healthcare programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Similarly, if the healthcare providers, sales agents, distributors or other entities with which we do business are found to be non-compliant with applicable laws, they may be subject to sanctions, which could also have a negative impact on us. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

The sales and marketing practices of our industry have been the subject of increased scrutiny from federal and state government agencies, and we believe that this trend will continue. Prosecutorial scrutiny and governmental oversight over some major device companies regarding the retention of healthcare professionals as consultants has affected and may continue to affect the manner in which medical device companies may retain healthcare professionals as consultants. Any precautions we take to detect and prevent noncompliance with applicable laws may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

24

 


If we fail to obtain, or experience significant delays in obtaining, FDA clearances or approvals for our future products or modifications to our products, our ability to commercially distribute and market our products could suffer.

Our medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and numerous other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances or approvals to market a medical device, particularly from the FDA, can be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurance that such clearances or approvals will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. In particular, the FDA permits commercial distribution of most new medical devices only after the devices have received clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or 510(k), or are the subject of an approved premarket approval application, or a PMA. The 510(k) process generally takes three to nine months, but can take significantly longer, especially if the FDA requires a clinical trial to support the 510(k) application. Currently, we do not know whether the FDA will require clinical data in support of any 510(k)s that we intend to submit for other products in our pipeline. In addition, the FDA continues to re-examine its 510(k) clearance process for medical devices and published several draft guidance documents that could change that process. Any changes that make the process more restrictive could increase the time it takes for us to obtain clearances or could make the 510(k) process unavailable for certain of our products. A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process or is not exempt from premarket review by the FDA. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and control data and proposed labeling, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. The PMA process is more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process, and generally takes between one and three years, if not longer. In addition, any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA.

Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). Our commercial distribution and marketing of any products or product modifications that we develop will be delayed until regulatory clearance or approval is obtained. In addition, the regulatory approval process for our new products or product modifications may take significantly longer than anticipated. The FDA may not require a new product or product modification to go through the lengthy and expensive PMA approval process. The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

 

our inability to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or the applicable regulatory entity or notified body that our products are safe or effective for their intended uses;

 

the disagreement of the FDA or the applicable foreign regulatory body with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or the interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

serious and unexpected adverse device effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials; the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;

 

the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance or approval, where required;

 

our inability to demonstrate that the clinical and other benefits of the device outweigh the risks;

 

the manufacturing process or facilities we use may not meet applicable requirements; or

 

potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory bodies to change significantly in a manner rendering our clinical data or regulatory filings insufficient for clearance or approval.

Delays in obtaining regulatory clearances and approvals may:

 

delay or prevent commercialization of products we develop;

 

require us to perform costly tests or studies;

 

diminish any competitive advantages that we might otherwise have obtained; and

 

reduce our ability to collect revenues.

To date, all of our non-biologic medical device products that have required FDA review and that are being sold in the United States have been cleared through the 510(k) process without any required clinical trials. However, the FDA may require clinical data in support of any future 510(k)s or PMAs that we intend to submit for products in our pipeline. We have limited experience in performing clinical trials that might be required for a 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. If any of our products require clinical trials, the commercialization of such products could be delayed which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

25

 


The safety of our products is not yet supported by long-term clinical data and may therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

We obtained clearance to offer all of our current non-biologic medical device products through the 510(k) process. The ability to obtain a 510(k) clearance is generally based on the FDA’s agreement that a new product is substantially equivalent to certain already marketed products. Because most 510(k)-cleared products were not the subject of pre-market clinical trials, spine surgeons may be slow to adopt our 510(k)-cleared products, we may not have the comparative data that our competitors have or are generating, and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. With the passage of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, funds have been appropriated for the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Healthcare Research and Quality to conduct comparative effectiveness research to determine the effectiveness of different drugs, medical devices, and procedures in treating certain conditions and diseases. Some of our products or procedures performed with our products could become the subject of such research. It is unknown what effect, if any, this research may have on our business. Further, future research or experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes or improves patient outcomes less than we initially expect. Such results would reduce demand for our products and this could cause us to withdraw our products from the market. Moreover, if future research or experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to significant legal liability, significant negative publicity, damage to our reputation and a dramatic reduction in sales of our products, all of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

Once a medical device is cleared or approved, a manufacturer must notify the FDA of any modifications to the device. Any modification to a device that has received FDA clearance that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires 510(k) clearance or possibly PMA approval. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination in the first instance regarding whether a modification to a cleared or approved device necessitates the filing of a new 510(k) premarket notification or PMA supplement. The FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision and can disagree. If the FDA disagrees with any future determination by us that a new 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is not required, we may need to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until and unless we obtain the clearance or approval. In addition, we could also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Any of these outcomes would harm our business.

 

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. For example, the 21st Century Cures Act, or Cures Act, was signed into law in December 2016. The Cures Act, among other things, is intended to modernize the regulation of devices and spur innovation, but its ultimate implementation is unclear. The FDA, state and foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action by the FDA, state or foreign regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 

untitled letters or warning letters;

 

fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 

recalls, termination of distribution, administrative detention, or seizure of our products;

 

customer notifications or repair, replacement or refunds;

 

operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 

delays in or refusal to grant our requests for future 510(k) clearances, PMA approvals or foreign regulatory approvals of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

 

withdrawals or suspensions of current 510(k) clearances or PMAs or foreign regulatory approvals, resulting in prohibitions on sales of our products;

 

FDA refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries; and/ or

 

criminal prosecution.

26

 


Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we choose to acquire new and complementary businesses, products or technologies, we may be unable to complete these acquisitions or successfully integrate them in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner.

Our success depends in part on our ability to continually enhance and broaden our product offering in response to changing customer demands, competitive pressures and technologies and our ability to increase our market share. Accordingly, we have pursued and intend to pursue the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies instead of developing them ourselves. We do not know if we will be able to successfully complete any acquisitions, including the pending acquisition of EOS, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology into our business or retain any key personnel, suppliers or distributors. Our ability to successfully grow through acquisitions depends upon our ability to identify, negotiate, complete and integrate suitable acquisitions and to obtain any necessary financing. These efforts could be expensive and time consuming, disrupt our ongoing business and distract management. If we are unable to integrate any future or recently acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. For example, an acquisition could materially impair our operating results by causing us to incur debt or requiring us to amortize significant amounts of expenses, including non-cash acquisition costs, and acquired assets.

We may not be able to timely develop new products or product enhancements that will be accepted by the market.

We sell our products in a market that is characterized by technological change, product innovation, evolving industry standards, competing patent claims, patent litigation and intense competition. Our success will depend in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products and enhancements or modifications to our existing products, which we will need to do before our competitors do so and in a manner that does not infringe issued patents of third parties from which we do not have a license. We may not be able to successfully develop or market new, improved or modified products, and our future products may not be accepted by even the spine surgeons who use our current products. Our competitors’ product development capabilities could be more effective than our capabilities, and their new products may get to market before our products. In addition, the products of our competitors may be more effective or less expensive than our products. The introduction of new products by our competitors may lead us to have price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share and may render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. The success of any of our new product offerings or enhancement or modification to our existing products will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

properly identify and anticipate surgeon and patient needs;

 

develop new products or enhancements in a timely manner;

 

obtain the necessary regulatory approvals for new products or product enhancements;

 

provide adequate training to potential users of new products;

 

receive adequate reimbursement approval of third-party payers such as Medicaid, Medicare and private insurers; and

 

develop an effective marketing and distribution network.

 

Developing products in a timely manner can be difficult, in particular because product designs change rapidly to adjust to third-party patent constraints and to market preferences. As a result, we may experience delays in our product launches which may significantly impede our ability to enter or compete in a given market and may reduce the sales that we are able to generate from these products. We may experience delays in any phase of a product launch, including during research and development, clinical trials, manufacturing, marketing and the surgeon training process. In addition, our suppliers of products or components can suffer similar delays, which could cause delays in our product introductions. If we do not develop new products or product enhancements in time to meet market demand or if there is insufficient demand for these new products or enhancements, it could have a significant adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

27

 


We are dependent on our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, and the loss of any of them could harm our business.

Our continued success depends in part upon the continued availability and contributions of our senior management, sales and marketing team and engineering team and the continued participation of our key surgeon advisors. While we have entered into employment agreements with all members of our senior management team, none of these agreements guarantees the services of the individual for a specified period of time. We would be adversely affected if we fail to adequately prepare for future turnover of our senior management team. Our ability to grow or at least maintain our sales levels depends in large part on our ability to attract and retain sales and marketing personnel and for these sales people to maintain their relationships with spine surgeons directly and through our distributors. We rely on our engineering team to research, design and develop potential products for our product pipeline. We also rely on our surgeon advisors to advise us on our products, our product pipeline, long-term scientific planning, research and development and industry trends. We compete for personnel and advisors with other companies and other organizations, many of which are larger and have greater name recognition and financial and other resources than we do. Over the past 3 years, we have implemented numerous changes in our management team, including in the roles of Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President, People & Culture, and General Counsel, which could have an adverse effect on our retention of our employees, advisors and distributors. Changes to our senior management team, sales and marketing team, engineering team and key surgeon advisors, or our inability to attract or retain other qualified personnel or advisors, could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Compliance with laws and regulations and standards for accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure is time consuming and results in significant expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, other SEC regulations, NASDAQ Stock Market listing rules, and new accounting pronouncements create uncertainty and additional complexities for companies such as ours. Our management and other personnel need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly.

Security breaches, loss of data and other disruptions could compromise sensitive information related to our business, prevent us from accessing critical information or expose us to liability, which could adversely affect our business and our reputation.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including legally protected patient health information, credit card information, personally identifiable information about our employees, intellectual property, and proprietary business information. We manage and maintain our applications and data utilizing on-site systems. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business critical information including research and development information, commercial information and business and financial information. The secure processing, storage, maintenance and transmission of this critical information is vital to our operations and business strategy, and we devote significant resources to protecting such information.

Although we take measures to protect sensitive information from unauthorized access or disclosure, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers, viruses, breaches or interruptions due to employee error or malfeasance, terrorist attacks, earthquakes, fire, flood, other natural disasters, power loss, computer systems failure, data network failure, Internet failure, or lapses in compliance with privacy and security mandates. Any such attack, virus, breach or interruption could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed by unauthorized parties, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. We have measures in place that are designed to detect and respond to such security incidents and breaches of privacy and security mandates. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, such as HIPAA, government enforcement actions and regulatory penalties. Unauthorized access, loss or dissemination could also interrupt our operations, including our ability to bill our customers, provide customer support services, conduct research and development activities, process and prepare company financial information, manage various general and administrative aspects of our business and damage our reputation, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Nearly all of our operations are currently conducted in locations that may be at risk of damage from fire, earthquakes or other natural disasters.

28

 


We currently conduct nearly all of our development and management activities in Carlsbad, California near known wildfire areas and earthquake fault zones. We have taken precautions to safeguard our facilities, including obtaining property and casualty insurance, and implementing health and safety protocols. We have developed an information technology disaster recovery plan. However, any future natural disaster, such as a fire or an earthquake, could cause substantial delays in our operations, damage or destroy our equipment or inventory and cause us to incur additional expenses. A disaster could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our facilities would be difficult to replace and would require substantial lead time to repair or replace. The insurance we maintain against earthquakes, fires, and other natural disasters would not be adequate to cover a total loss of our facilities, may not be adequate to cover our losses in any particular case and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Public health crises, political crises, and other catastrophic events or other events outside of our control may impact our business.

A natural disaster (such as tsunami, power shortage, or flood), public health crisis (such as a pandemic or epidemic), political crisis (such as terrorism, war, political instability or other conflict), or other events outside of our control that may occur and may adversely impact our business and operating results. Moreover, these types of events could negatively impact surgeon or patient spending in the impacted region(s), which could adversely impact our operating results. We monitor such events and take actions that we deem reasonable given the circumstances. In the future other types of crises, may create an environment of business uncertainty around the world, which may hinder sales and/or supplies of our products nationally and internationally.

COVID-19 could adversely impact our business.

      In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, Covid-19 has spread to multiple countries, including the United States, and several European countries. If COVID-19 continues to spread in the United States, we expect to experience disruptions that could adversely impact our business. The spread of COVID-19 has disrupted the United States’ healthcare and healthcare regulatory systems which could divert healthcare resources away from, or materially delay FDA approval with respect to our products. It is unknown how long these disruptions could continue, were they to occur. Additionally, COVID-19’s spread, which has had a broad global impact, including restrictions on travel and quarantine polices put into place by businesses and governments, may materially affect us economically by causing disruptions in our supply chain or distribution channels, or, by causing delays or cancellations of elective surgical procedures due to lack of hospital resources or staffing. As the global outbreak of COVID-19 continues to rapidly evolve, the extent to which COVID-19 may impact our business will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.

Alphatec Holdings is a holding company with no operations, and unless it receives dividends or other payments from its subsidiaries, it will be unable to fulfill its cash obligations.

As a holding company with no business operations, Alphatec Holdings’ material assets consist only of the common stock of its subsidiaries, dividends and other payments received from time to time from its subsidiaries, and the proceeds raised from the sale of debt and equity securities. Alphatec Holdings’ subsidiaries are legally distinct from Alphatec Holdings and have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to make funds available to Alphatec Holdings. Alphatec Holdings will have to rely upon dividends and other payments from its subsidiaries to generate the funds necessary to fulfill its cash obligations. Alphatec Holdings may not be able to access cash generated by its subsidiaries in order to fulfill cash commitments. The ability of Alphatec Spine or SafeOp Surgical to make dividend and other payments to Alphatec Holdings is subject to the availability of funds after taking into account its subsidiaries’ funding requirements, the terms of its subsidiaries’ indebtedness and applicable state laws.

29

 


If we fail to properly manage our anticipated growth, our business could suffer.

We will continue to pursue growth in the number of spine surgeons using our products, the types of products we offer and the geographic regions where our products are sold. Such anticipated growth has placed and will continue to place significant demands on our managerial, operational and financial resources and systems. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including the need to identify, recruit, maintain, motivate and integrate additional personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these anticipated growth activities. We are currently focused on increasing the size and effectiveness of our sales force and distribution network, marketing activities, research and development efforts, inventory management systems, management team and corporate infrastructure. If we do not manage our anticipated growth effectively, the quality of our products, our relationships with physicians, distributors and hospitals, and our reputation could suffer, which would have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We must attract and retain qualified personnel and third-party distributors and manage and train them effectively. Personnel qualified in the design, development, production and marketing of our products are difficult to find and hire, and enhancements of information technology systems to support our growth are difficult to implement. We will also need to carefully monitor and manage our surgeon services, our third-party manufacturing resources, quality assurance and efficiency, and the quality assurance and efficiency of our suppliers and distributors. This managing, training and monitoring will require allocation of valuable management resources and significant expense. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate and/or grow revenues could be reduced and we may not be able to implement our business strategy.

 

Risks Relating to the Pending Acquisition of EOS Imaging

 

The proposed acquisition of EOS may not be consummated on the current terms or at all.

On February 28, 2020, we entered into a tender offer agreement to acquire EOS by means of a public tender offer, or the Offer, pursuant to which we have agreed to make an offer to purchase all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, or the Shares, and outstanding convertible bonds, or OCEANEs, of EOS, for a total purchase price of up to $122.0 million, or the Acquisition. The Offer will need to be filed with and cleared by the Autorité des marches financier, or the AMF, which filing is expected to occur in late April 2020, prior to the commencement of the Offer. Our obligation to file the Offer is subject to a number of conditions, including, without limitation, obtaining regulatory clearance from the AMF and certain French foreign investment clearances. Additionally, our obligation to purchase Shares and OCEANEs validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Offer is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the condition that a number of Shares and OCEANEs have been validly tendered that would allow us to acquire at least two-thirds of the share capital and voting rights of EOS on a fully diluted basis at the end of the acceptance period of the Offer.

Although we expect to complete the Acquisition in the third quarter of 2020, there can be no assurance as to the exact timing of completion of the Acquisition or that the Acquisition will be completed at all.

 

Termination of the Tender Offer Agreement or failure to otherwise complete the Acquisition could negatively impact our business and financial results.

Termination of the Tender Offer Agreement or any failure to otherwise complete the Acquisition may result in various consequences, including the following:

 

 

our business may have been adversely impacted by the failure to pursue other beneficial opportunities due to the focus of management on the Acquisition, without realizing any of the anticipated benefits of completing the Acquisition;

 

our management has and will continue to expend a significant amount of capital and time and resources on the Acquisition, and a failure to consummate the Acquisition as currently contemplated could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations;

 

the market price of our common stock may decline to the extent that the market price prior to the termination of the tender offer agreement reflects a market assumption that the Acquisition will be completed;  

 

we may be required, under certain circumstances, to pay EOS a reverse break-up fee of up to €2.5 million  under the tender offer agreement, which could adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity; and

 

negative reactions from the financial markets may occur if the anticipated return on our investment in EOS is not realized.  

If the Acquisition is not consummated, we cannot assure you that the risks described above will not negatively impact our business or financial results.

 

While the Acquisition is pending, we and EOS will be subject to business uncertainties that could adversely affect our respective businesses.

30

 


Our success following the announcement of the Acquisition will depend in part upon the ability of us and EOS to maintain our respective business relationships. Uncertainty about the effect of the Acquisition on customers, suppliers, employees and other constituencies may have a material adverse effect on us and EOS. In connection with the pendency of the Acquisition, some customers, suppliers and other persons with whom we have a business relationship may delay or defer certain business decisions or might decide to seek to terminate, change or renegotiate their relationships with us, as the case may be, as a result of the Acquisition, which could negatively affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows, as well as the market price of our common stock, regardless of whether the Acquisition is completed. Such risks may be exacerbated by delays or other adverse developments with respect to the completion of the Acquisition.

 

EOS may have liabilities that are not known to us.

EOS may have liabilities that we failed, or were unable, to discover in the course of performing our due diligence investigations. Following the completion of the Acquisition, we may learn additional information about EOS that materially adversely affects us, such as unknown or contingent liabilities and liabilities related to compliance with applicable laws. Any such liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may be unable to integrate EOS  successfully and realize the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition.

If the Acquisition is completed, the successful integration of the EOS business and operations and our ability to realize the expected synergies and benefits of the Acquisition are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. We will also be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating business practices, cultures and operations of each business. The risks and uncertainties relating to integrating the two businesses and realizing the anticipated cost synergies include, among other things:

 

 

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel of EOS;

 

the inability to resolve potential conflicts that may arise relating to customer, supplier and other important relationships of our business and the EOS business;

 

diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

potential loss of key employees;

 

integrating personnel with diverse business and cultural backgrounds;

 

preserving the development, distribution, marketing and other important relationships of both companies;

 

assumption of liabilities of EOS; and

 

inability to generate sufficient revenue and cost savings to offset acquisition costs.

 

We will incur substantial expenses to consummate the proposed Acquisition but may not realize the anticipated cost synergies and other benefits to the extent expected, on the timeline expected, or at all. In addition, even if we are able to integrate the EOS business successfully, the anticipated benefits of the Acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

 

The issuance of our common stock in the Offer to certain holders of EOS Shares and OCEANEs will be dilutive to our shareholders and could depress the market price of our common stock.

The Offer will consist of a cash tender offer price of €2.80 (or approximately $3.08) per Share and €7.01 (or approximately $7.71) per OCEANE, respectively, or the Cash Offer, or at the option of EOS shareholders, 0.50 shares of our common stock per Share, or the Exchange Offer. Following the closing of the Acquisition, former EOS securityholders who elect to participate in the Exchange Offer will own shares of our common stock. The market price of shares of our common stock may drop as a result of the resale of the shares issued in the Exchange Offer.

 

Our debt following the completion of the Acquisition will be significant and could adversely affect our business and our ability to meet our obligations.

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a commitment letter, or the Commitment Letter, with Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP, or Perceptive, pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, Perceptive has committed to provide $130 million in secured debt financing, up to $60 million of which will be made available to retire our existing credit facilities with MidCap Funding IV, LLC and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC. The remaining commitment by Perceptive to provide an additional $70 million (which may be increased to up to $100 million at our request if agreed by Perceptive in its sole discretion) in secured debt financing will be made available to fund the Cash Offer portion of the Offer, provided we may elect not to incur all or a portion of the Offer portion of such amount to the extent it is unnecessary to fund such Cash Offer amount. In the event we elect not to

31

 


incur the Offer portion of Perceptive’s commitment, Perceptive will make available up to $15 million in secured debt financing to be used for our general corporate and working capital needs. The funding of each of the debt facilities provided for in the Commitment Letter is subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions for facilities of such type that are set forth therein, including entry into definitive documentation reflecting the terms of the Commitment Letter and no material adverse effect with respect to EOS. This debt and other cash needs could have important consequences to us, including:

 

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to make payments on this debt, thereby limiting the cash we have available to fund future growth opportunities, capital expenditures and acquisitions;

 

restrictive covenants in our debt arrangements, which could limit our operations and borrowing;

 

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions and limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry, due to the need to use our cash to service our outstanding debt;

 

placing us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged with debt and that may therefore be more able to invest in their business or use their available cash to pursue other opportunities, including acquisitions; and

 

limiting our ability to borrow additional funds as needed or take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.

 

In addition, our actual cash requirements in the future may be greater than expected. Our cash flow from operations may not be sufficient to repay all of our outstanding debt as it becomes due, and we may not be able to borrow money, sell assets or otherwise raise funds on acceptable terms, or at all, to refinance our debt.

Risks Related to Our Financial Results, Credit and Certain Financial Obligations and Need for Financing

We may need to raise additional funds in the future and such funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

At December 31, 2019, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash of $47.1 million, accounts receivable, net of $16.2 million and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We believe that our current sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our planned expenditures and meet our obligations for at least 12 months.

We will seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

the payments due in connection with the settlement agreement enter into with Orthotec LLC;

 

the revenues generated by sales of our products;

 

the costs associated with expanding our sales and marketing efforts;

 

the expenses that we incur from the manufacture of our products by third parties and that we incur from selling our products;

 

the costs of developing new products or technologies;

 

the cost of obtaining and maintaining FDA or other regulatory approval or clearance for our products and products in development;

 

the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications and defending and enforcing our patent and other intellectual property rights;

 

the number and timing of acquisitions and other strategic transactions;

 

the costs and any payments we may make related to our pending litigation matters;

 

the costs associated with increased capital expenditures; and

 

the costs associated with our employee retention programs and related benefits.

As a result of these factors, we may need to raise additional funds and such funds may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. In addition, rules and regulations of the SEC may restrict our ability to conduct certain types of financing activities, or may affect the timing of and the amounts we can raise by undertaking such activities. For example, under current SEC regulations, at any time during which the aggregate market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or our public float, is less than $75 million, the amount that we can raise through primary public offerings of securities in any twelve-month period using one or more registration statements on Form S-3 will be limited to an aggregate of one-third of our public float.

32

 


Furthermore, if we issue additional equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential products or proprietary technologies, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to repay debt or other liabilities, develop or enhance our products, execute our business plan, take advantage of future opportunities, or respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated customer requirements. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals and have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we default on our obligations to make settlement payments to Orthotec LLC, the amounts due under the settlement agreements accelerate and become due and payable.

Any default of our payment obligation under the settlement agreements we entered into with Orthotec LLC, or Orthotec, would give Orthotec the right to declare all of the future payments to be immediately payable. As of December 31, 2019, the outstanding amount to be paid to Orthotec through January 2024 including future interest was $17.2 million. If acceleration of payments occurs, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We have a history of net losses, we expect to continue to incur net losses in the near future, and we may not achieve or maintain profitability.

We have typically incurred net losses from our continuing operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $558.9 million. We have incurred significant net losses since inception and have relied on our ability to fund our operations through revenues from the sale of our products, equity financings and debt financings. As we have incurred losses, successful transition to profitability is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support our cost structure. This may not occur and, unless and until it does, we will continue to need to raise additional capital. We may seek additional funds from public and private equity or debt financings, borrowings under new debt facilities or other sources to fund our projected operating requirements. However, we may not be able to obtain further financing on reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds on a timely basis, or at all, we would be materially adversely affected

We may be unable to comply with the covenants of our credit facilities.

We must comply with certain affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants and affirmative and negative covenants under our November 6, 2018, $45.0 million term loan, or the Term Loan, with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC, or Squadron, and our Amended Credit Facility with MidCap Funding IV, LLC, or MidCap, providing for a revolving credit commitment of up to $22.5 million, or the Amended Credit Facility. We may not be able to satisfy all such financial or other covenants of the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility, or obtain any required waiver or amendment, in which event of default the lender could refuse to make further extensions of credit to us and Squadron/MidCap could require all amounts borrowed under the Term Loan and/or the Amended Credit Facility together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable. In addition to allowing the lender to accelerate the loan, several events of default under the Term Loan and the Amended Credit Facility, such as our failure to make required payments of principal and interest and the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, could require us to pay interest at a rate which is up to five percentage points higher than the interest rate effective immediately before the event of default. An event of default under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on us. Upon an event of default, if the lender under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility accelerate the repayment of all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees, or if the lender selects to charge us additional interest, we cannot provide assurance that we will have sufficient cash available to repay the amounts due, and we may be forced to seek to amend the terms of the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility or obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

An event of default under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility could have a material adverse effect on us. Upon an event of default, if the lender under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility accelerates the repayment of all amounts borrowed, together with accrued interest and other fees, or if the lender selects to charge us additional interest, we may not have sufficient capital available to repay the amounts due, and we may be forced to seek to amend the terms of the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility or obtain alternative financing, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all.

33

 


In addition, if we fail to pay amounts when due under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility or upon the occurrence of another event of default, the lender under the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility could proceed against the collateral granted to it pursuant to the agreements governing the Term Loan or the Amended Credit Facility. We have granted to the lender under the Term Loan a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets, other than all accounts receivable, and all securities evidencing our interests in our subsidiaries, as collateral under the agreement governing the Term Loan. We have granted to the lender under the Amended Credit Facility a first priority security interest in our accounts receivable and a second priority lien on substantially all of our other assets, as collateral under the agreement governing Amended Credit Facility. If either lender proceeds against the collateral, such assets would no longer be available for use in our business, which would have a significant adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our quarterly financial results could fluctuate significantly.

Our quarterly financial results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate significantly from period to period, particularly because our sales prospects are uncertain. The level of our revenues and results of operations at any given time will be based primarily on the following factors:

 

acceptance of our products by spine surgeons, patients, hospitals and third-party payers;

 

demand and pricing of our products;

 

the mix of our products sold, because profit margins differ among our products;

 

timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;

 

our ability to grow and maintain a productive sales and marketing organization and independent distributor network;

 

regulatory approvals and legislative changes affecting the products we may offer or those of our competitors;

 

the effect of competing technological and market developments;

 

levels of third-party reimbursement for our products;

 

interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products;

 

our ability to produce or obtain products of satisfactory quality or in sufficient quantities to meet demand; and

 

changes in our ability to obtain FDA, state and international approval or clearance for our products.

In addition until we have a larger base of spine surgeons using our products, occasional fluctuations in the use of our products by individual surgeons or small groups of surgeons will have a proportionately larger impact on our revenues than for companies with a larger customer base.

Many of the products we may seek to develop and introduce in the future will require FDA approval or clearance. We cannot begin to commercialize any such products in the United States without FDA approval or clearance. As a result, it will be difficult for us to forecast demand for these products with any degree of certainty. Our revenue may not increase or be sustained in future periods or that we will be profitable in any future period. Any shortfalls in revenue or earnings from levels expected by our stockholders or by securities or industry analysts could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock in any given period.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property; Regulatory Penalties and Litigation

If our patents and other intellectual property rights do not adequately protect our products, we may lose market share to our competitors and be unable to operate our business profitably.

Our success depends significantly on our ability to protect our proprietary rights of the technologies used in our products. We rely on patent protection, as well as a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, and nondisclosure, confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. For example, our pending patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents to us. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, may deny or require significant narrowing of claims in our pending patent applications, and patents issued as a result of the pending patent applications, if any, may not provide us with significant commercial protection or be issued in a form that is advantageous to us. We could also incur substantial costs in proceedings before the PTO. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions as to the priority of our inventions and the narrowing or invalidation of claims in issued patents. Our issued patents and those that may be issued in the future could subsequently be successfully challenged by others and invalidated or rendered unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from marketing and selling related products. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents.

34

 


Both the patent application process and the process of managing patent disputes can be time consuming and expensive. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to our products but fall outside of the scope of our patent protection. Although we have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with certain of our employees, consultants and advisors as one of the ways we seek to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary technology, such agreements may not be enforceable or may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of the agreements. In the event a competitor infringes upon one of our patents or other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents and rights may be difficult and time consuming. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources to defend our patents against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

The medical device industry is characterized by patent and other intellectual property litigation and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages, and/or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

The medical device industry is characterized by extensive litigation and administrative proceedings over patent and other intellectual property rights. Determining whether a product infringes a patent involves complex legal and factual issues, the determination of which is often uncertain. Our competitors may assert that our products, the components of those products, the methods of using those products, or the methods we employ in manufacturing or processing those products are covered by patents held by them. In addition, they may claim that their patents have priority over ours because their patents were filed first. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware, which may later result in issued patents that our products may infringe. There could also be existing patents that one or more components of our products may be inadvertently infringing, of which we are unaware. As the number of participants in the market for spine disorder devices and treatments increases, the possibility of patent infringement claims against us also increases.

Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If the relevant patents are upheld as valid and enforceable and we are found to infringe, we could be required to pay substantial damages, including treble, or triple, damages if an infringement is found to be willful, and/or royalties and we could be prevented from selling our products unless we could obtain a license or were able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe those patents, and any such redesign, if possible, may be costly. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, either of which could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

In addition, in order to further our product development efforts, from time to time we enter into agreements with spine surgeons to develop new products. As consideration for product development activities rendered pursuant to these agreements, in certain instances we have agreed to pay such surgeons royalties on products developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. There can be no assurance that surgeons with whom we have entered into such an arrangement will not claim to be entitled to a royalty even if we do not believe that such products were developed by cooperative involvement between us and such surgeons. Any such claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation.

We are currently involved in a patent litigation action involving NuVasive, Inc. and, if we do not prevail in this action, we could be liable for past damages and might be prevented from making, using, selling, offering to sell, importing or exporting certain of our products.

 

On February 15, 2018, NuVasive filed suit against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of California, alleging that certain of our products infringe, or contribute to the infringement of, United States patents owned by NuVasive. NuVasive is a large, publicly-traded corporation with significantly greater financial resources than us.

35

 


Intellectual property litigation is expensive, complex and lengthy and its outcome is difficult to predict. We may also be subject to negative publicity due to the litigation. Pending or future patent litigation against us or any strategic partners or licensees may force us or any strategic partners or licensees to stop or delay developing, manufacturing or selling potential products that are claimed to infringe a third party’s intellectual property, unless that party grants us or any strategic partners or licensees rights to use its intellectual property, and may significantly divert the attention of our technical and management personnel. In the event that our right to market any of our products is successfully challenged, and if we fail to obtain a required license or are unable to design around a patent, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such cases, we may be required to obtain licenses to patents or proprietary rights of others in order to continue to commercialize our products. However, we may not be able to obtain any licenses required under any patents or proprietary rights of third parties on acceptable terms, or at all and any licenses may require substantial royalties or other payments by us. Even if any strategic partners, licensees or we were able to obtain rights to the third party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. Furthermore, if we are found to infringe patent claims of a third party, we may, among other things, be required to pay damages, including up to treble damages and attorney’s fees and costs, which may be substantial.

An unfavorable outcome for us in this patent litigation could significantly harm our business if such outcome makes us unable to commercialize some of our current or potential products or cease some of our business operations. In addition, costs of defense and any damages resulting from the litigation may materially adversely affect our business and financial results. The litigation may also harm our relationships with existing customers and subject us to negative publicity, each of which could harm our business and financial results.

If we become subject to product liability claims, we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, design, manufacture and sale of medical devices for spine surgery procedures. Spine surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, nerve injury, paralysis and even death. To date, our products have not been the subject of any material product liability claims. We carry product liability insurance. However, our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy liabilities we might incur. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or our inability to secure coverage in the future on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. In addition, if our product liability insurance proves to be inadequate to pay a damage award, we may have to pay the excess out of our cash reserves, which could harm our financial condition. If longer-term patient results and experience indicate that our products or any component of our products cause tissue damage, motor impairment or other adverse effects, we could be subject to significant liability. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage limits, our business could suffer and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely impacted.

Because biologics products entail a potential risk of communicable disease to human recipients, we may be the subject of product liability claims regarding our biologics products.

Our biologics products may expose us to additional potential product liability claims. The development of biologics products entails a risk of additional product liability claims because of the risk of transmitting disease to human recipients, and substantial product liability claims may be asserted against us. In addition, successful product liability claims made against one of our competitors could cause claims to be made against us or expose us to a perception that we are vulnerable to similar claims. Even a meritless or unsuccessful product liability claim could harm our reputation in the industry, lead to significant legal fees and result in the diversion of management’s attention from managing our business.

Any claims relating to our improper handling, storage or disposal of biological, hazardous and radioactive materials could be time consuming and costly.

The manufacture of certain of our products, including our biologics products, involves the controlled use of biological, hazardous and/or radioactive materials and waste. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials and waste products. Although we believe that our safety procedures for handling and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines. This liability could exceed our resources and any applicable insurance. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could also be held responsible for all of the costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites, even if such contamination was not caused by us. We may incur significant expenses in the future relating to any failure to comply with environmental laws. Any such future expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

36

 


We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Many of our independent distributors sell, or in the past have sold, products of our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees or our independent distributors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed the trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors. In addition, we have been and may in the future be subject to claims that we caused an employee or independent distributor to break the terms of his or her non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights and/or personnel. A loss of key personnel and/or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

If we fail to continue to meet all applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements and our common stock is delisted, the delisting could adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock, impair the value of your investment and harm our business.

Our common stock is currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In order to maintain that listing, we must satisfy minimum financial and other requirements. Although we are currently in compliance with applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements, if we fail to continue to meet all such requirements in the future and NASDAQ determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could substantially decrease trading in our common stock and adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock; adversely affect our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, if at all, to continue our operations; and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities. Additionally, the market price of our common stock may decline further and stockholders may lose some or all of their investment.

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, particularly if holders of substantial amounts of our stock attempt to sell, and holders may have difficulty selling their shares based on current trading volumes of our stock. In addition, numerous other factors could result in substantial volatility in the trading price of our stock.

Our common stock is currently listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In order to maintain that listing, we must satisfy minimum financial and other requirements.  Although we are currently in compliance with applicable NASDAQ Global Select Market requirements,  if we fail to continue to meet all such requirements in the future and NASDAQ determines to delist our common stock, the delisting could substantially decrease trading in our common stock and adversely affect the market liquidity of our common stock; adversely affect our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, if at all, to continue our operations; and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities. Additionally, the market price of our common stock may decline further and stockholders may lose some or all of their investment.

The market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including those described elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section and the following:

 

volume and timing of orders for our products;

 

quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

 

our announcement or our competitors’ announcements regarding new products, product enhancements, significant contracts, number of distributors, number of hospitals and spine surgeons using products, acquisitions, and collaborative or strategic investments;

 

announcements of technological or medical innovations for the treatment of spine pathology;

 

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for, and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

changes in healthcare policy in the United States;

 

product liability claims or other litigation involving us;

37

 


 

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals, clearances or applications;

 

disputes or other developments with respect to intellectual property rights;

 

changes in the availability of third-party reimbursement in the United States;

 

changes in accounting principles; and

 

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

We may become involved in securities class action litigation that could divert management’s attention and harm our business.

The stock market in general, The NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for medical device companies in particular, has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Further, the market prices of securities of medical device companies have been particularly volatile. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation is often expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources, which could materially harm our financial condition, results of operations and business.

Securities analysts may not provide coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may not provide research coverage of our common stock. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elects to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, it may be difficult for companies such as ours, with smaller market capitalizations, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Because of their significant stock ownership, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will be able to exert control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Based on shares outstanding at March 9, 2020, our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 39% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons will have the ability to impact significantly the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

 

delaying, deferring or preventing our change in control;

 

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us;

 

causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all of our stockholders; or

 

reducing our public float held by non-affiliates.

Anti- takeover provisions in our organizational documents and change of control provisions in some of our employment agreements and agreements with distributors, and in some of our outstanding debt agreements, as well as the terms of our redeemable preferred stock, may discourage or prevent a change of control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely.

Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which our stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders

38

 


who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions:

 

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

 

allow vacancies on our Board of Directors to be filled only by resolution of our Board of Directors;

 

authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without stockholder approval, blank check preferred stock that, if issued, could operate as a “poison pill” to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer to prevent an acquisition that is not approved by our Board of Directors;

 

require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

 

establish advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations to our Board of Directors and for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings; and

 

limit who may call stockholder meetings.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

Some of our employment agreements and all of our restricted stock agreements, incentive stock option agreements, performance-based stock units and restricted common stock provide for accelerated vesting of benefits, including full vesting of restricted stock and options, upon a change of control. A limited number of our agreements with our distributors include a provision that extends the term of the distribution agreement upon a change in control and makes it more difficult for us or our successor to terminate the agreement. These provisions may discourage or prevent a change of control.

In addition, in the event of a change of control, we would be required to redeem all outstanding shares of our redeemable preferred stock for an aggregate of $29.9 million, at the price of $9.00 per share. Further, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation permits us to issue additional shares of preferred stock. The terms of our redeemable preferred stock or any new preferred stock we may issue could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 382, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” generally defined as a cumulative change in its equity ownership by “5-percent shareholders” of greater than 50 percentage points (by value) over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and certain other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change taxable income and taxes, as applicable, may be limited. We have completed multiple rounds of financing and entered into transactions which may have resulted in an ownership change or could result in an ownership change in the future. We have not completed an analysis of our equity shifts pursuant to Section 382. Therefore, it is possible that we have experienced an ownership change pursuant to Section 382. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, our ability to use our NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards to offset our U.S. federal taxable income and taxes, as applicable, may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, similar rules may apply and there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

We could be subject to changes in our tax rates, new tax legislation or additional tax liabilities.

The U.S. government has recently enacted comprehensive tax legislation that includes significant changes to the taxation of business entities. These changes include, among others, (i) a permanent reduction to the corporate income tax rate, (ii) a partial limitation on the deductibility of business interest expense, (iii) a shift of the U.S. taxation of multinational corporations from a tax on worldwide income to a territorial system (along with certain rules designed to prevent erosion of the U.S. income tax base) and (iv) a one-time tax on accumulated offshore earnings held in cash and illiquid assets, with the latter taxed at a lower rate. The overall impact of this tax reform is uncertain, and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the newly enacted federal tax law.

39

 


Our tax returns and other tax matters also are subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities and governmental bodies. We regularly assess the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for taxes. We cannot guarantee the outcome of these examinations. If our effective tax rates were to increase, particularly in the United States, or if the ultimate determination of our taxes owed is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows could be adversely affected.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in particular, the description of our "Business" set forth in Item 1, the "Risk Factors" set forth in this Item 1A and our "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" set forth in Item 7 contain or incorporate a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, including statements regarding:

 

our estimates regarding anticipated operating losses, future revenue, expenses, capital requirements, uses and sources of cash and liquidity, including our anticipated revenue growth and cost savings;

 

our ability to meet the financial covenants under our credit facilities;

 

our ability to ensure that we have effective disclosure controls and procedures;

 

our pending Acquisition of EOS, including our plans to commence the Offer, the timing and likelihood of the closing of the Acquisition, the expected consideration to be paid in connection with the Offer, our plans to obtain financing pursuant to the Commitment Letter and the uses therefrom and entry into definitive documentation reflecting the terms of the Commitment Letter, and our ability to successfully integrate the EOS business following the completion of the Acquisition;

 

our not realizing the full economic benefit from the sale of the international business, including as a result of indemnification claims under the definitive agreement and the retention by us of certain liabilities associated with the international business, and our ability to meet our obligations under the Globus supply agreement;

 

our ability to meet and potential liability from not meeting the payment obligations under the Orthotec settlement agreement;

 

our ability to regain and maintain compliance with the quality requirements of the FDA;

 

our ability to market, improve, grow, commercialize and achieve market acceptance of any of our products or any product candidates that we are developing or may develop in the future;

 

our beliefs about the features, strengths and benefits of our products;

 

our ability to continue to enhance our product offerings, outsource our manufacturing operations and expand the commercialization of our products, and the effect of our strategy;

 

our expectations about the timing, costs and benefits of the restructuring and outsourcing of our manufacturing operations;

 

our beliefs about the ability of our supplier relationships and quality processes to fulfill our production requirements;

 

our ability to successfully integrate, and realize benefits from licenses and acquisitions;

 

the effect of any existing or future federal, state or international regulations on our ability to effectively conduct our business;

 

our estimates of market sizes and anticipated uses of our products;

 

our business strategy and our underlying assumptions about market data, demographic trends, reimbursement trends and pricing trends;

 

our ability to achieve profitability, and the potential need to raise additional funding;

 

our ability to maintain an adequate sales network for our products, including to attract and retain independent distributors;

 

our ability to enhance our U.S. distribution network;

 

our ability to increase the use and promotion of our products by training and educating surgeons and our sales network;

 

our ability to attract and retain a qualified management team, as well as other qualified personnel and advisors;

40

 


 

our ability to enter into licensing and business combination agreements with third parties and to successfully integrate the acquired technology and/or businesses;

 

our management team’s ability to accommodate growth and manage a larger organization;

 

our ability to protect our intellectual property, and to not infringe upon the intellectual property of third parties;

 

the effects of the escalating cost of medical products and services and the effects of market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures on the healthcare industry and our business;

 

our ability to meet or exceed the industry standard in clinical and legal compliance and corporate governance programs;

 

our beliefs about our competitors and the principal competitive factors in our market and the effect of non-operative treatments on demand for our products;

 

potential liability resulting from litigation;

 

our beliefs about our employee relations;

 

potential liability resulting from a governmental review of our business practices;

 

our beliefs about the usefulness of the non-GAAP financial measures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

our beliefs with respect to our critical accounting policies and the reasonableness of our estimates and assumptions; and

 

other factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein.

Any or all of our forward-looking statements in this Annual Report may turn out to be wrong. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Many factors mentioned in our discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K will be important in determining future results. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual future results may vary materially from expected results.

We also provide a cautionary discussion of risks and uncertainties under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report. These are factors that we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected results. Other factors besides those listed there could also adversely affect us.

Without limiting the foregoing, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “seek,”  “intend,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. There are a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors set forth under “Item 1A Risk Factors.” In addition, the forward-looking statements contained herein represent our estimate only as of the date of this filing and should not be relied upon as representing our estimate as of any subsequent date. While we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we specifically disclaim any obligation to do so to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements, except as required by applicable law.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.

Properties

Our corporate office is located in Carlsbad, California. The table below provides selected information regarding our current material operating location.

 

Location

 

Use

 

Approximate

Square

Footage

 

 

Lease Expiration

Carlsbad, California

 

Corporate headquarters and product design

 

 

76,693

 

 

July 2021

Carlsbad, California

 

Future corporate headquarters

 

 

121,541

 

 

November 2030

 

41

 


Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from our business activities. While the Company has no material accruals for pending litigation or claims for which accrual amounts are not disclosed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a proceeding, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect our future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period.  We assess contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of possible loss for potential accrual or disclosure in our consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in our consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. When evaluating contingencies, we may be unable to provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. In addition, damage amounts claimed in litigation against us may be unsupported, exaggerated or unrelated to reasonably possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of our potential liability.

Refer to Note 6 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the NuVasive, Inc. litigation.

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

42

 


PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ATEC.”

Stockholders

As of March 9, 2020, there were approximately 731 holders of record of an aggregate 62,994,221 outstanding shares of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.  In addition, our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap and the Term Loan with Squadron.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Under the terms of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and our Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended, which we refer to collectively as the Stock Plans, and prior to the expiration of the Stock Plans in May 2026, we are permitted to award shares of restricted stock to our employees, directors and consultants. These shares of restricted stock are subject to a lapsing right of repurchase by us. We may exercise this right of repurchase in the event that a restricted stock recipient’s employment, directorship or consulting relationship with us terminates prior to the end of the vesting period. If we exercise this right, we are required to repay the purchase price paid by or on behalf of the recipient for the repurchased restricted shares. Repurchased shares are returned to the Stock Plans and are available for future awards under the terms of the Stock Plans. There were no shares of common stock repurchased during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.

 

43

 


Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this report include the identification of certain trends and other statements that may predict or anticipate future business or financial results that are subject to important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated. See “Item 1A Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a medical technology company focused on the design, development, and advancement of technology for better surgical treatment of spinal disorders. We are dedicated to revolutionizing the approach to spine surgery. We have a broad product portfolio designed to address the majority of U.S. market for fusion-based spinal disorder solutions. We intend to drive growth by exploiting our collective spine experience and investing in the research and development to continually differentiate our solutions and improve spine surgery. We believe our future success will be fueled by introducing market-shifting innovation to the spine market, and that we are well-positioned to capitalize on current spine market dynamics.

We market and sell our products in the U.S. through a network of independent distributors and direct sales representatives. An objective of our leadership team is to deliver increasingly consistent, predictable growth. To accomplish this, we have partnered more closely with new and existing distributors to create a more dedicated and loyal sales channel for the future. We have added, and intend to continue to add, new high-quality dedicated distributors to expand future growth. We believe this will allow us to reach an untapped market of surgeons, hospitals, and national accounts across the U.S., as well as better penetrate existing accounts and territories.

We have continued to make progress in the transition of our sales channel since early 2017, driving the percent of sales contributed by our strategic distribution channel from approximately 80% for the year ended December 31, 2018 to 88% for the year ended December 31, 2019.  Going forward, we intend to continue to relentlessly drive toward a fully exclusive network of independent and direct sales agents.  Recent consolidation in the industry is facilitating the process, as large, seasoned agents are seeking opportunities to re-enter the spine market by partnering with spine-focused companies that have broad, growing product portfolios.  

Recent Developments

On February 28, 2020, we announced an agreement to acquire EOS imaging, SA, or EOS. EOS imaging is a leader in outcome-improving orthopedic medical imaging and software solutions, and is globally recognized for its rapid, low dose, biplanar full-body imaging and 3D modeling capabilities. The EOS technology informs the entire surgical process by capturing a calibrated, full-body image in a standing (weight-bearing) position, enabling precise measurement of anatomical angles and dimensions. The resulting imaging drives a more accurate understanding of patient alignment during diagnosis, elevates the likelihood of surgical goal fulfillment by integrating a fully informed plan into surgery, and enables a post-operative assessment against the original surgical plan

We believe the addition of EOS imaging will advance our AlphaInformatiX platform, providing capabilities in surgical planning, patient-specific implants, intraoperative alignment reconciliation, and other intraoperative functionalities resulting in a platform distinctively equipped to address the requirements of spine surgery.

We expect the transaction to close in the third quarter of 2020.

Revenue and Expense Components

The following is a description of the primary components of our revenues and expenses:

Revenues. We derive our revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants used in the treatment of spine disorders. Spinal implant products include pedicle screws and complementary implants, interbody devices, plates, and tissue-based materials. Our revenues are generated by our direct sales force and independent distributors. Our products are requested directly by surgeons and shipped and billed to hospitals and surgical centers.  Currently, most of our business is conducted with customers within markets in which we have experience and with payment terms that are customary to our business. We may defer revenues until the time of collection if circumstances related to payment terms, regional market risk or customer history indicate that collectability is not certain.

Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues consists of direct product costs, royalties, milestones and the amortization of purchased intangibles. Our product costs consist primarily of direct labor, overhead, and raw materials and components. The product costs of

44

 


certain of our biologics products include the cost of procuring and processing human tissue. We incur royalties related to the technologies that we license from others and the products that are developed in part by surgeons with whom we collaborate in the product development process. Amortization of purchased intangibles consists of amortization of developed product technology.

Research and development expenses. Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of our products. Research and development expense also includes salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, fees paid to external service providers in both cash and equity, and costs associated with our Scientific Advisory Board and Executive Surgeon Panels.

Sales, general and administrative expenses. Sales, general and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and related employee benefits, sales commissions and support costs, depreciation of our surgical instruments, regulatory affairs, quality assurance costs, professional service fees, travel, medical education, trade show and marketing costs, insurance and legal expenses.

Litigation-related expenses. Litigation-related expenses are costs incurred for our ongoing litigation, primarily with NuVasive, Inc.

Transaction-related expenses. Reflects the recognition of transaction expense incurred as part of the SafeOp acquisition.

Gain on settlement. Gain on settlement consists of a gain of approximately $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of the settlement agreement with Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical, pursuant to which we made a cash payment of $0.4 million as the final and total compensation under the collaboration and related amendment.  The gain reflects the reversal of accrued obligations previously recorded under the collaboration.  

Restructuring expenses. Restructuring expense consists of severance, social plan benefits and related taxes in connection with our ongoing cost rationalization efforts, including the termination of our manufacturing operations in California in 2017.

Other expense, net. Other expense, net includes interest income, interest expense, gains and losses from foreign currency exchanges and other non-operating gains and losses.

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit from continuing operations primarily consists of release of the valuation allowance from the SafeOp acquisition, partially offset by state taxes.

Sale of International Business

On September 1, 2016, we completed the sale of our international distribution operations and agreements, including our wholly-owned subsidiaries in Japan, Brazil, Australia, China and Singapore and substantially all of the assets of our other sales operations in the United Kingdom and Italy, to an affiliate of Globus (“Globus Transaction”). Following the closing of the Globus Transaction, we now operate in the U.S. market only and are restricted from marketing and selling our products in foreign markets pursuant to the terms and conditions, and for the time periods, set forth in the definitive documents related to the Globus Transaction.

45

 


Results of Operations

The first table below sets forth our statements of operations data for the periods presented. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that may be expected in the future.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from U.S. products

 

$

108,242

 

 

$

83,656

 

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

8,038

 

Total revenues

 

 

113,427

 

 

 

91,694

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

35,833

 

 

 

28,457

 

Gross profit

 

 

77,594

 

 

 

63,237

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

13,849

 

 

 

9,853

 

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

101,714

 

 

 

72,640

 

Litigation-related

 

 

8,549

 

 

 

5,683

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

698

 

 

 

738

 

Transaction-related

 

 

 

 

 

1,550

 

Gain on settlement

 

 

 

 

 

(6,168

)

Restructuring

 

 

60

 

 

 

1,381

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

124,870

 

 

 

85,677

 

Operating loss

 

 

(47,276

)

 

 

(22,440

)

Other expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(9,865

)

 

 

(7,139

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

(590

)

Total other expense

 

 

(9,865

)

 

 

(7,729

)

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(57,141

)

 

 

(30,169

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(239

)

 

 

(1,361

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(56,902

)

 

 

(28,808

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(167

)

Net loss

 

 

(57,002

)

 

 

(28,975

)

Recognition of beneficial conversion feature - Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

(13,488

)

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

 

$

(57,002

)

 

$

(42,463

)

  

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenue by source

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenue from U.S. products

 

$

108,242

 

 

$

83,656

 

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

8,038

 

Total revenues

 

$

113,427

 

 

$

91,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit by source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from U.S. products

 

$

77,235

 

 

$

62,740

 

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

359

 

 

 

497

 

Total gross profit

 

$

77,594

 

 

$

63,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit margin by source

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from U.S. products

 

 

71.4

%

 

 

75.0

%

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

6.9

%

 

 

6.2

%

Total gross profit margin

 

 

68.4

%

 

 

69.0

%

46

 


Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2018

Total Revenues. Total revenues increased by $21.7 million, or 23.7%, primarily due to sales growth from strategic distribution channels and new product launches.

Revenue from U.S. products increased by $24.6 million, or 29.4%. The increase in revenue was attributed primarily to the launch of new products and our focus on the strategic distribution channel, as detailed below (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

Increase

(Decrease)

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

U.S. revenues by distributor type:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Strategic distribution

 

$

95,051

 

 

 

88

%

 

$

67,124

 

 

 

80

%

 

$

27,927

 

 

 

42

%

Legacy and terminated distribution

 

 

13,191

 

 

 

12

%

 

 

16,532

 

 

 

20

%

 

 

(3,341

)

 

 

(20)

%

Total U.S. revenues

 

$

108,242

 

 

 

100

%

 

$

83,656

 

 

 

100

%

 

$

24,586

 

 

 

29

%

 

Revenue from international supply agreement, which is attributed to sales to Globus under which we supply to Globus certain of its implants and instruments at agreed-upon prices for a minimum term of three years, decreased by $2.9 million. We expect these revenues to continue to decrease over the next several quarters, as Globus continues to register its own products in international markets. Globus has the option to extend the term for up to two additional twelve month periods subject to Globus meeting specified purchase requirements. During the first quarter of 2019, Globus notified us that it would exercise the option to extend the agreement an additional twelve months through August 2020.

Cost of revenues. Total cost of revenues increased by $7.4 million, or 25.9%, primarily due to increased sales and excess and obsolescence expense related to new and legacy products.  

Cost of revenue from U.S. products for the year ended December 31, 2019 increased to $31.0 million compared to $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily due to increased sales and excess and obsolescence expense related to the launch of newly developed products and the phase-out of legacy products.

Cost of revenues from international supply agreement for the year ended December 31, 2019 decreased to $4.8 million compared to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to a reduction in sales volume and related costs under the Globus supply agreement.

Gross profit. Total gross profit was $77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $63.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, representing an increase of $14.4 million, or 22.7%.

Gross profit margin from U.S. product revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 71.4% compared to 75.0% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease is primarily due to excess and obsolescence expense related to the launch of newly developed products and the phase-out of legacy products.

47

 


Gross profit margin from international supply agreement revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was 6.9% compared to 6.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase is primarily related to the impact of fixed minimum royalty costs driven by product mix, and a decrease in the average selling price of certain products.

Research and development expense. Research and development expense increased by $4.0 million, or 40.6%, primarily related to product development costs and related expenses associated with our SafeOp neuromonitoring system, and IdentiTi and Invictus product lines. We expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in future periods as we continue to invest in our product pipeline.

Sales, general and administrative expense. Sales, general and administrative expense increased by $29.1 million, or 40.0%, primarily related to commissions and related sales compensation expenses associated with our increase in U.S. revenue, our continued investment in building our strategic distribution channel, as well as increased marketing efforts, and stock based compensation expenses.

Litigation-related expense. Litigation-related expenses increased by $2.9 million, or 50.4%, primarily related to ongoing litigation with NuVasive, Inc.

Amortization of acquired intangible assets. Amortization of acquired intangible assets was $0.7 million for both the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the year ended December 31, 2018. This expense represents amortization in the period for intangible assets associated with general business assets, intellectual property, licenses and other assets obtained in acquisitions and licensing agreements.

Transaction-related expense. Transaction-related expenses of $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 are attributed to advisory and legal fees and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the SafeOp acquisition.

Gain on settlement. In February 2018, we reached a settlement agreement with Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical, pursuant to which we made a cash payment of $0.4 million as the final and total compensation under a collaboration agreement and related amendment between the Company and these third parties. In addition, the parties agreed to release each other and waive any and all rights and claims arising from the collaboration agreement and amendment.  We recorded a gain of approximately $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, reflecting the reversal of accrued obligations previously recorded under the collaboration agreement.  

Restructuring expense.  Restructuring expense decreased by $1.3 million, or 95.7%, primarily related to the decrease in severance and other personnel charges associated with the sale of our international business to Globus in 2016.

Other expense, net. Other expense, net increased $2.7 million, or 38.2%, primarily related to new debt arrangements and additional draws on existing agreements.

Income tax benefit. Income tax benefit from continuing operations decreased $1.1 million, or 82.4%, primarily related to a release of the 2018 income tax benefit recognized as part of the acquisition of Safe Op.

Recognition of beneficial conversion feature. The recognition of beneficial conversion feature of $13.5 million is the calculated intrinsic value, which is measured as of the commitment date (i.e., the issuance date) of the Series B Preferred Stock, and required to be recorded as a discount in the Series B Preferred Stock with a corresponding entry to equity upon the Company obtaining stockholder approval of the transaction. Furthermore, due to the fact that the Series B Preferred Stock automatically converted into shares of the Company’s common stock upon obtaining stockholder approval, the full discount in the Series B Preferred Stock that was created by the recognition of the beneficial conversion feature is fully accreted as a deemed dividend which increases the Company’s accumulated deficit and net loss attributable to common shareholders.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At each reporting period, we evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Our evaluation entails analyzing prospective operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances, and availability under existing credit facilities. We are required to make certain additional disclosures if it concludes substantial doubt exists and it is not alleviated by our plans or when those plans alleviate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  

48

 


We have experienced negative operating cash flows for all historical periods presented and we expect these losses to continue into the foreseeable future as we continue to incur costs related to the execution of our operating plan and introduction of new products. Our annual operating plan projects that existing working capital at December 31, 2019 of $71.9 million (including cash of $47.1 million), along with available draws on our working capital credit line with MidCap and an additional $20 million in available borrowings under our credit facility with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC (“Squadron”), allows us to fund our operations through at least one year subsequent to the date the financial statements are issued.

As more fully described in Note 5, our existing credit agreements with MidCap and Squadron (collectively, the “current lenders”) include a financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $5.0 million. The minimum cash covenant converts to a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio beginning April 30, 2020. We expect that we will be unable to meet the fixed charge covenant at that time. In order to avoid a default on its existing credit agreements, we expect to refinance our existing debt prior to April 30, 2020, pursuant to a binding commitment letter with a new lender, as further described in Note 15. Should such re-financing not occur prior to April 30, 2020 we have entered into letter agreements with the current lenders, agreeing to work together in good faith to amend our existing covenants to extend the minimum cash covenant and defer the fixed charge covenant through at least April 1, 2021.  

The committed refinancing is subject to customary closing conditions, and, therefore, there is no guarantee that we will be able to successfully close such refinancing on or before April 30, 2020, or at all.   In addition, if required, there is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain the necessary waivers or amendments from our current lenders. If we are unable to refinance our existing debt or are unable to secure waivers or amendments from our current lenders, the current lenders have the right to accelerate the repayment of all amounts outstanding. In addition, we would be required to classify its obligations under existing debt agreements in current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet. These events would negatively impact the our ability to meet ongoing financial obligations. We believe the refinancing of existing debt under our commitment letter with the new lender and/or obtaining waivers or amendments of current debt covenants is probable to occur. These factors alleviate substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.  

Amended Credit Facility, Squadron Credit Agreement and Other Debt

Our Amended Credit Facility with MidCap provides for a revolving credit commitment up to $22.5 million. As of December 31, 2019, $12.8 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit.

The revolving line of credit accrues interest at LIBOR plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2019, the revolving line of credit carried an interest rate of 7.69%. The borrowing base is determined based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable. As collateral for the Amended Credit Facility, MidCap has a first lien security interest in accounts receivable and a second lien on substantially all other assets. The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

On September 1, 2016, we entered into the Globus facility, pursuant to which Globus agreed to loan us up to $30 million. We made an initial draw of $25 million under the Globus facility with an additional draw of $5 million made in the fourth quarter of 2016. In November 2018, the $29.2 million outstanding was paid in full.

49

 


On November 6, 2018, we closed the $35.0 million Term Loan with Squadron for net proceeds of approximately $34.1 million, which were partially used to retire our existing $29.2 million term debt with Globus noted above. The debt has a five-year maturity and bears interest at LIBOR plus 8% (10.0% as of December 31, 2019) per annum. The Agreement specifies a minimum interest rate of 10% and a maximum of 13% per year. Interest-only payments are due monthly through May 2021, followed by $10 million in principal payable in 29 equal monthly installments beginning June 2021 and a $25 million lump-sum payment payable at maturity in November 2023. As collateral for the Term Loan, Squadron has a first lien security interest in substantially all assets except for accounts receivable.

We entered into an Inventory Financing Agreement whereby we may draw up to $3.0 million for the purchase of inventory to accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8% and also includes a 10% floor and 13% ceiling. All principal will become due and payable upon maturity on November 6, 2023 and all interest will be paid monthly. Should we elect to prepay the Squadron credit agreement, all amounts due under the Inventory Financing Agreement will become mandatorily due.

Our various debt agreements include several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in Squadron’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable. Furthermore, the credit agreement contains various covenants, including various negative covenants including a $5 million minimum liquidity requirement through March 31, 2020. The minimum liquidity covenant will be replaced by a fixed charge ratio, pursuant to which operating cash to fixed charges (as defined) must equal at least 1:1 on a rolling 12-month basis, beginning April 2020. We were in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement at December 31, 2019.

As of December 31, 2019, we have made $40.6 million in Orthotec settlement payments and there remains an aggregate $17.2 million of Orthotec settlement payments (including interest) to be paid by us.

Operating Activities

We used net cash of $33.1 million from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019. During this period, net cash used in operating activities consisted of our net loss adjusted for non-cash adjustments including amortization, depreciation, stock-based compensation, amortization of our ASC 842 assets, provision for doubtful accounts, provision for excess and obsolete inventory, interest expense related to amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, beneficial conversion feature related to our Convertible Notes, and contingent consideration fair market value adjustment of $24.7 million and working capital and other assets used cash of $8.4 million.

50

 


Investing Activities

We used cash of $13.0 million in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily for the purchase of surgical instruments to support the commercial launch of new products.

Financing Activities

Financing activities provided net cash of $64.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily attributable to the net proceeds of $53.8 million from the Offering, $9.7 million net draw under our Squadron expanded credit facility, $1.9 million from warrant and stock option exercises and purchase of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan, and net borrowings under the lines of credit of $1.8 million, partially offset by principal payments on our term loan totaling $3.0 million.

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments

Total contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2019 are summarized in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

 

Payment Due by Year

 

 

 

Total

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

Thereafter

 

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap

 

$

13,386

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,386

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Inventory financing

 

 

2,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Squadron Term Loan

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,483

 

 

 

7,685

 

 

 

32,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

21,216

 

 

 

6,443

 

 

 

6,311

 

 

 

5,612

 

 

 

2,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable for software agreements and

   insurance premiums

 

 

458

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

 

 

111

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility lease obligations(3)

 

 

32,541

 

 

 

1,592

 

 

 

1,555

 

 

 

2,979

 

 

 

3,025

 

 

 

3,116

 

 

 

20,274

 

Other operating lease obligations

 

 

491

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation settlement obligations, gross (2)

 

 

17,233

 

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed minimum royalty obligations

 

 

5,371

 

 

 

943

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

918

 

 

 

756

 

License agreement milestones (1)

 

 

2,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

200

 

Total

 

$

141,045

 

 

$

14,175

 

 

$

18,193

 

 

$

35,467

 

 

$

47,663

 

 

$

4,317

 

 

$

21,230

 

 

 

(1)

These commitments represent payments in cash, and are subject to attaining certain sales milestones which we believe are reasonably likely to be achieved beginning in 2020.

 

(2)

Represents gross payments due to Orthotec, LLC pursuant to a Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among the Company and its direct subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings International C.V., Scient'x S.A.S. and Surgiview S.A.S.; HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III; and Orthotec, LLC and Patrick Bertranou. In September 2014, the Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital is obligated to pay $5 million of the settlement amount, with payments beginning in the fourth quarter of 2020 and continuing through 2021. See Note 12 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

 

(3)

Includes our new headquarters building lease commitment anticipated to commence in November 2020.

 

51

 


Real Property Leases

In January 2016, we entered into a lease agreement, or the Building Lease, for office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California with the lease term through July 31, 2021. Under the Building Lease our monthly rent payable is approximately $105,000 per month during the first year and increases by approximately $3,000 each year thereafter.

On December 4, 2019, we entered into a new lease agreement, or new Building Lease, for a new headquarters location which will consist of 121,541 square feet of office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California. The term of the new lease is currently anticipated to commence November 15, 2020 and terminate November 30, 2030, subject to two (2) sixty (60) month options to renew. Base rent under the Building Lease for the first twelve months of the term will be $195,000 per month subject to full abatement during months two through ten. Base rent for the second year of the term will be $244,115 per month and thereafter will increase annually by 3%. At the beginning of each exercised option period, base rent will be adjusted to the market rental value, and thereafter will increase annually by 3% through the end of such option period.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2019, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition, allowances for accounts receivable, inventories and intangible assets, stock-based compensation and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumption conditions.

We believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from products sales in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements and financial instruments.  Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.  To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.

Leases

Effective January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC No. 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes the current accounting for leases, using the modified retrospective transition method. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedients allowed by the standard for existing leases. The new standard, while retaining two distinct types of leases, finance and operating, (i) requires lessees to record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a related liability for the rights and obligations associated with a lease, regardless of lease classification, and recognize lease expense in a manner similar to current accounting, (ii) eliminates current real estate specific lease provisions, (iii) modifies the lease classification criteria and (iv) aligns many of the underlying lessor model principles with those in the new revenue standard. We determined the initial classification and measurement of our ROU, assets and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date, or the adoption date, if later, and thereafter if modified. We recognized a right-of-use asset for our

52

 


operating leases with lease terms greater than 12 months.  The lease term includes any renewal options and termination options that we are reasonably assured to exercise. The present value of lease payments is determined by using the incremental borrowing rate for operating leases determined by using the incremental borrowing rate of interest that we would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. We applied the new guidance to our existing facility lease at the time of adoption and recognized a right-of-use asset of $2.4 million and operating lease liability of $2.9 million, during the first period of adoption, and recorded a reversal of the previous deferred rent balance under the previous lease guidance of approximately $0.6 million. We entered into another facility lease for smaller office space during the third quarter of 2019 and also applied this guidance to create an additional ROU asset and operating lease liability. The two leases are presented together on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

Rent expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term based on the total lease payments and is included in research and development and general and administrative expenses in the statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Valuation of Intangible Assets

We assess the impairment of our intangible assets annually in December or whenever business conditions change and an earlier impairment indicator arises. This assessment requires us to make assumptions and judgments regarding the carrying value of these assets. These assets are considered to be impaired if we determine that their carrying value may not be recoverable based upon our assessment of certain events or changes in circumstances, including the following:

 

a determination that the carrying value of such assets cannot be recovered through undiscounted cash flows;

 

loss of legal ownership or title to the assets;

 

significant changes in our strategic business objectives and utilization of the assets; or

 

the impact of significant negative industry or economic trends.

If the assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment we recognize is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Significant management judgment is required in estimating the fair value of our intangible assets.

Warrants to purchase common stock

Warrants are accounted for in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance provided in ASC 815 - Derivatives and Hedging as either derivative liabilities or as equity instruments depending on the specific terms of the agreements. Liability-classified instruments are recorded at fair value at each reporting period with any change in fair value recognized as a component of change in fair value of derivative liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations. We estimate liability classified instruments using the Black Scholes model, which requires management to develop assumptions and inputs that have significant impact on such valuations. 

During each reporting period, we evaluate changes in facts and circumstances that could impact the classification of warrants from liability to equity, or vice versa.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including estimates of our future volatility, the expected term for our stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for our share-based awards.

53

 


We use a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock option awards. The calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by our stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regarding the following:

 

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which our stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. Our estimated volatility through December 31, 2019 was based on our actual historical volatility. An increase in the estimated volatility would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Our estimated expected term through December 31, 2019 was calculated using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option grant date to exercise for the options granted within the specified date range. An increase in the expected term would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award. An increase in the risk-free interest rate would result in an increase to our stock-based compensation expense.

 

The assumed dividend yield is based on our expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

We use historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Share-based compensation recorded in our consolidated statements of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated forfeiture rates may differ from our actual forfeitures which would affect the amount of expense recognized during the period.

We account for stock option grants to non-employees under provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

Stock-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods. As a result of these subjective and forward-looking estimates, the actual value of our share-based awards could differ significantly from those amounts recorded in our financial statements. 

Stock-based awards with market conditions are valued using the Monte Carlo valuation technique which requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that are not observable from the market. Stock based compensation for awards with both service and market conditions are recognized on a straight line basis over the longer of the derived service period or the requisite service period.  

 

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. In making such a determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

54

 


Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Notes to Financial Statements - Note 2 - Recent Accounting Pronouncementsincluded elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Other outstanding debt consists of various variable rate instruments, including debt outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility with MidCap and the Term Loan with Squadron.

Our borrowings under our credit facilities expose us to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2019, our outstanding floating rate indebtedness totaled $60.8 million. The primary base interest rate is the LIBOR rate. Assuming the outstanding balance on our floating rate indebtedness remains constant over a year, a 100 basis point increase in the interest rate would decrease pre-tax income and cash flow by approximately $0.6 million.

 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data required by this item are set forth at the pages indicated in Item 15.

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required financial disclosures. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. We recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2019, as described below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 


Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become ineffective because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with established policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the framework set forth in the report entitled Internal Control—Integrated Framework published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Management reviewed the results of this evaluation with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and based on this evaluation, management identified the following deficiencies.

 

Remediation of the Material Weakness identified as of December 31, 2018 during the first quarter 2019

 

During the preparation process for our 2018 Annual Report on Form 10-K, we identified an error in our previously issued consolidated interim financial statements for the quarterly periods ended June 30, 2018 and September 30, 2018 related to the accounting for a beneficial conversion feature associated with our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock which converted into shares of common stock in May 2018.  Management concluded this error was the result of a material weakness related to a lack of sufficient oversight and review to ensure the complete and proper application of U.S. GAAP associated with complex equity transactions. 

 

To remediate the material weakness associated with complex equity transactions, described above, and to prevent similar deficiencies in the future, we added additional controls and procedures in the first quarter of 2019, including:

 

•  Hiring of additional personnel that allows for increased oversight of the accounting and finance processes and additional review of complex and non-routine transactions; and

•  Re-design of internal controls to ensure more timely quarterly reviews of technical accounting positions documented by our staff and our independent external technical accounting consultants

 

As of December 31, 2019, the material weakness associated with complex equity transactions is considered fully remediated as the applicable controls over unusual or non-recurring and significant transactions operated for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. Any actions we have taken to remediate these deficiencies are subject to continued management review supported by testing, as well as oversight by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

 

Material Weaknesses identified as of December 31, 2019

 

We identified deficiencies in internal controls over our revenue and inventory cycles whereby the review of sales orders and inventory transfers were not properly applied to a portion of the orders during the year. The control failures also impacted other inventory controls dependent on these controls. While these internal control deficiencies did not result in any identified misstatements to our financial statements, and there were no changes to previously released financial results, it was determined that such deficiencies were material weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting since the deficiencies resulted in a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our revenue and inventory in the annual or interim financial statements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

56

 


Although several compensating controls in the Company’s revenue and inventory cycles were found to be operating effectively during the year, such controls did not directly address the transactional control risk identified by the deficiencies.

 

Remediation of 2019 Material Weaknesses

 

Management has developed, and is implementing, a remediation plan to address the material weaknesses associated with the revenue and inventory described above. The remediation efforts performed during the first quarter of 2020 include the following:

 

 

Improving controls to ensure proper documentation over revenue orders and inventory transfers and ensuring control owners have appropriate training, etc.

 

The control remediation and implementation efforts described above are designed to provide sufficient assurance over the occurrence and accuracy of revenues and existence and valuation of inventory and are ongoing as of March 13, 2020. Any failure to implement these improvements to our internal control over financial reporting would result in a continued material weakness in our internal controls and could impact our ability to produce reliable financial reports.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

As discussed above, the material weakness over complex equity transactions as of December 31, 2018 was remediated during the year. In addition, our plans for remediating the material weaknesses related to revenues and inventory would constitute a change in our internal control over financial reporting prospectively, when such controls are effectively implemented. Other than the continuation of the implementation of measures described above, there were no material changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited Alphatec Holdings, Inc.’s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses related to revenue and inventory have been identified and included in management’s assessment. The Company’s sales order review control, addressing occurrence and accuracy, did not operate effectively. The Company’s inventory transfer control did not operate effectively, impacting other dependent controls, collectively addressing existence and valuation. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2019 financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 16, 2020, on those financial statements.

 

In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described above on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the balance sheets and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of the Company, and our report dated, March 16, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion that included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company's change in method of accounting for leases as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases, effective January 1, 2019.

 

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

 

San Diego, California

March 16, 2020

58

 


 

 

 

Item 9B.

Other Information

None.

 

 

59

 


PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

60

 


PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15 (a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

 

(1) Financial Statements:

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

Item 15(a)(3) Exhibits List

The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2016, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 2.1)

 

07/26/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2016, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 2.1)

 

09/08/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Second Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and First Amendment to Product Manufacture and Supply Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2017, by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 2.3)

 

03/31/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.2)

 

04/20/06

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1(B))

 

08/24/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Restated Bylaws of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Amendment No. 5 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 3.4)

 

05/26/06

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Form of Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A convertible Preferred Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.  

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

 

03/23/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

Form of Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series B convertible Preferred Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 3.1)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/20/14

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 


Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

4.2

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 16, 2018, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

04/16/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 6, 2018, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and the other signatories thereto

 

 

 

Form S-3/A

(Exhibit 4.5)

 

11/13/18

 

333-221085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Warrant with Silicon Valley Bank as the Warrant holder, dated December 16, 2011

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 4.8)

 

03/05/12

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to each of Deerfield Private Design Fund II, L.P., Deerfield Private Design International II, L.P., Deerfield Special Situations Fund, L.P. and Deerfield Special Situations International Master Fund, L.P. (collectively, “Deerfield”) on each of March 17, 2014 and November 21, 2014.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/19/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Form of Warrant issued to certain investors on March 28, 2017

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/23/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

Form of Warrant issued to certain investors on March 8, 2018

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.2)

 

03/23/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.9

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. issued to Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.1)

 

10/02/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.10

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. issued in connection with financing dated November 6, 2018

 

 

 

Form S-3/A

(Exhibit 4.11)

 

11/13/18

 

333-221085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.11

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. issued in connection with financing dated June 21, 2019

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

06/27/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.12

 

Form of Merger Warrant

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 4.3)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.13

 

Registration Rights Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC and Tawani Holdings LLC, dated November 6, 2018

 

 

 

Form S-3/A

(Exhibit 4.5)

 

11/13/18

 

333-221085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.14

 

Registration Rights Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC and Tawani Holdings LLC, dated June 21, 2019

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

06/27/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.15

 

Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of March 8, 2018, between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and each purchaser named in the signature pages thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Property Lease Agreements

 

 

 

10.2

 

Lease Agreement by and between Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and Fenton Property Company., dated as of January 21, 2016

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

03/15/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 


Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

10.3

 

Lease Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and RAF Pacifica Group - Real Estate Fund IV, LLC; ARKA Monterey Park, LLC, and 170 Arrowhead Partners, LLC, dated as of December 4, 2019

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4†

 

Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement dated August 30, 2013 by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec International LLC, Alphatec Pacific, Inc. and MidCap Funding IV, LLC

 

 

 

Form 10-Q/A

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

10/21/15

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5†

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 17, 2014, with MidCap Funding IV, LLC as Administrative Agent and lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

10/21/15

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6†

 

Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated July 10, 2015, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

11/03/15

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7†

 

Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 11, 2016, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

05/06/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8†

 

Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated August 9, 2016, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.6)

 

3/31/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9†

 

Consent and Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated September 1, 2016 with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

11/09/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10†

 

Sixth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated March 30, 2017, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.11†

 

Seventh Amendment to Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March  8, 2018, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.5)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12

 

Eighth Amendment to Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2018, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.20)

 

3/29/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13

 

Omnibus Ninth Amendment to Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2019, with MidCap Funding IV Trust, as a lender and other lenders from time to time a party thereto

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

5/10/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14

 

Amended and Restated Term Loan Note, dated July 10, 2015, with MidCap Funding IV Trust

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

11/03/15

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Note, dated March 8, 2018, with MidCap Funding IV Trust

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.6)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 


Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16

 

Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and SafeOp Surgical, Inc. and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC, dated November 6, 2018

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.26)

 

3/29/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17

 

First Amendment to Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and SafeOp Surgical, Inc. and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC, dated March 27, 2019

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

5/10/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18

 

Intercreditor Agreement between Alphatec Holdings, Inc., Alphatec Spine, Inc. and SafeOp Surgical, Inc. and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC, dated November 6, 2018

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.27)

 

3/29/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19

 

Term Note, dated November 6, 2018, with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.28)

 

3/29/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreements with Respect to Product Supply, Collaborations, Licenses, Research and Development

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20†

 

Supply Agreement by and between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated as of October 18, 2004 and amended by Letter of Amendment in respect of the Supply Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004

 

 

 

Amendment No. 4 to

Form S-1

(Exhibit 10.29)

 

05/15/06

 

333-131609

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21†

 

Letter Amendment between Alphatec Spine, Inc. and Invibio, Inc., dated November 24, 2010

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

05/06/11

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22†

 

Product Manufacture and Supply Agreement, dated September 1, 2016 with Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd.

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

11/09/16

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agreements with Officers and Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23*

 

Employment Agreement with Jeffrey G. Black dated February 10, 2017

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24*

 

Employment Agreement with Jon Allen dated October December 10, 2016

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.4)

 

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25*

 

Employment Agreement with Craig E. Hunsaker dated September 14, 2016

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.5)

 

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26*

 

Employment Agreement with Brian Snider dated February 27, 2017

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.6)

 

05/12/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Patrick S. Miles, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated October 2, 2017

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.26)

 

03/09/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Mark Ojeda, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated September 17, 2018

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Eric Dasso, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated August 2, 2019

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Kelli Howell, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated March 10, 2018

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31*

 

Employment Agreement by and among Dave Sponsel, Alphatec Spine, Inc., and Alphatec Holdings, Inc., dated, dated March 4, 2018

Equity Compensation Plans

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32*

 

Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 99.1)

 

03/23/13

 

333-187190

64

 


Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33*

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Schedule 14A

(Appendix B)

 

06/11/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34*

 

Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35*

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.40)

 

03/05/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36*

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.41)

 

03/05/13

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Stock Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 10.42)

 

03/05/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38*

 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Unit Agreement issued under the Amended and Restated 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan, as amended.

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39*

 

Amended and Restated 2016 Equity Incentive Award Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

11/09/18

 

000-52024

10.40*

 

First Amendment to Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

05/18/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41*

 

Second Amendment to Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

11/09/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42*

 

Third Amendment to Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

06/13/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43*

 

Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K/A

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

06/22/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44*

 

First Amended and Restated 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.1)

 

06/13/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45*

 

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46*

 

First Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

12/12/16

 

333-215036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47

 

Second Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.2)

 

03/31/17

 

333-217055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48*

 

Third Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated October 1, 2017.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.4)

 

10/2/17

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49*

  

Fourth Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated March 6, 2018.

 

 

 

Form 8-K

(Exhibit 10.9)

 

03/12/18

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.50*

  

Fifth Amendment to the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan, dated May 13, 2019

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.11)

 

07/16/19

 

333-232661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.51*

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.52*

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.4)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 


Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Description

 

Filed

with this

Report

 

Incorporated by

Reference herein

from Form or

Schedule

 

Filing

Date

 

SEC File/

Reg.

Number

10.53*

 

Form of Performance Stock-Based Award Grant Notice and Performance Stock-Based Award Agreement under the Alphatec Holdings, Inc. 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan

 

 

 

Form S-8

(Exhibit 10.5)

 

10/05/16

 

333-213981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Settlement Agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.54

 

Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among Alphatec Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, Orthotec, LLC, Patrick Bertranou and the other parties named therein

 

 

 

Form 10-Q

(Exhibit 10.3)

 

10/30/14

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant and Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of the Registrant's Subsidiaries

 

 

 

Form 10-K

(Exhibit 21.1)

 

3/29/19

 

000-52024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.1

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.2

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.3

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.4

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.5

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.6

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(*)

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

(†)

Confidential treatment has been granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission as to certain portions.

66

 


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

March 16, 2020

 

By:

 

/s/    Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

(principal executive officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

March 16, 2020

 

By:

 

/s/    Jeffrey G. Black  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jeffrey G. Black

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Patrick S. Miles and Jeffrey G. Black, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ PATRICK S. MILES

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

March 16, 2020

Patrick S. Miles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    MORTIMER BERKOWITZ III

 

Lead Director

 

March 16, 2020

Mortimer Berkowitz III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    EVAN BAKST

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

Evan Bakst

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/   QUENTIN BLACKFORD

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

Quentin Blackford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JASON HOCHBERG

 

Director

 

 

March 16, 2020

Jason Hochberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    KAREN K. MCGINNIS

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

Karen K. McGinnis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    DAVID H. MOWRY

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

David H. Mowry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JAMES L.L. TULLIS

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

James L.L. Tullis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    JEFFREY P. RYDIN

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

Jeffrey  P. Rydin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    DONALD A. WILLIAMS

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

Donald A. Williams

 

 

 

 

 

/S/    WARD W. WOODS

 

Director

 

March 16, 2020

      Ward W. Woods

 

 

 

 

 

67

 


 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

 

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Alphatec Holdings, Inc.

 

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (“Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 16, 2020 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

 

Adoption of New Accounting Standard

 

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases as a result of the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842, Leases, effective January 1, 2019, under the modified retrospective method.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Mayer Hoffman McCann P.C.

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

San Diego, California

March 16, 2020

F-2


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value data)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

47,113

 

 

$

29,054

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

16,150

 

 

 

15,095

 

Inventories, net

 

 

34,854

 

 

 

28,765

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

9,880

 

 

 

2,030

 

Withholding tax receivable from officer

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

Current assets of discontinued operations

 

 

321

 

 

 

242

 

Total current assets

 

 

108,318

 

 

 

75,536

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

19,722

 

 

 

13,235

 

Right-of-use asset

 

 

1,860

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

13,897

 

 

 

13,897

 

Intangibles, net

 

 

25,605

 

 

 

26,408

 

Other assets

 

 

493

 

 

 

347

 

Noncurrent assets of discontinued operations

 

 

53

 

 

 

54

 

Total assets

 

$

169,948

 

 

$

129,477

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

7,772

 

 

$

4,399

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

26,416

 

 

 

22,316

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

489

 

 

 

3,276

 

Current portion of lease liability

 

 

1,314

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

 

 

399

 

 

 

621

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

36,390

 

 

 

30,612

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

 

53,448

 

 

 

42,299

 

Operating lease liability, less current portion

 

 

925

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

11,951

 

 

 

15,389

 

Redeemable preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 20,000 shares authorized at December 31,

   2019 and 2018; 3,319 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

23,603

 

 

 

23,603

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 15 shares authorized at

   December 31, 2019 and 2018; 0 and 4 shares issued and outstanding at

   December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 45 shares authorized

   at December 31, 2019 and 2018; 0 shares issued and outstanding at

   December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 200,000 authorized; 61,718 shares issued and 61,400 outstanding at December 31, 2019, net of 318 unvested shares and 43,518 shares issued and 43,368 shares outstanding, net of 150 unvested shares at December 31, 2018

 

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

Treasury stock, 2 shares, at cost

 

 

(97

)

 

 

(97

)

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

606,558

 

 

 

523,525

 

Shareholder note receivable

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(5,000

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,088

 

 

 

1,064

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(558,924

)

 

 

(501,922

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

43,631

 

 

 

17,574

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

169,948

 

 

$

129,477

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue from U.S. products

 

$

108,242

 

 

$

83,656

 

Revenue from international supply agreement

 

 

5,185

 

 

 

8,038

 

Total revenues

 

 

113,427

 

 

 

91,694

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

35,833

 

 

 

28,457

 

Gross profit

 

 

77,594

 

 

 

63,237

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

13,849

 

 

 

9,853

 

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

101,714

 

 

 

72,640

 

Litigation-related

 

 

8,549

 

 

 

5,683

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

698

 

 

 

738

 

Transaction-related

 

 

 

 

 

1,550

 

Gain on settlement

 

 

 

 

 

(6,168

)

Restructuring

 

 

60

 

 

 

1,381

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

124,870

 

 

 

85,677

 

Operating loss

 

 

(47,276

)

 

 

(22,440

)

Other expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other expense, net

 

 

(9,865

)

 

 

(7,139

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

 

 

 

(590

)

Total other expense

 

 

(9,865

)

 

 

(7,729

)

Loss from continuing operations before taxes

 

 

(57,141

)

 

 

(30,169

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

(239

)

 

 

(1,361

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(56,902

)

 

 

(28,808

)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of applicable taxes

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(167

)

Net loss

 

 

(57,002

)

 

 

(28,975

)

Recognition of beneficial conversion feature - Series B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

(13,488

)

Net loss attributable to common shareholders

 

$

(57,002

)

 

$

(42,463

)

Loss per share, basic and diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(1.09

)

 

$

(0.82

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.09

)

 

$

(1.20

)

Shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per share

 

 

52,234

 

 

 

35,315

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Net loss

 

$

(57,002

)

 

$

(28,975

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments related to continuing operations

 

 

24

 

 

 

(29

)

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(56,978

)

 

$

(29,004

)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-5


 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Common

stock

 

 

Series A Convertible

Preferred Stock

Series B Convertible

Preferred Stock

Additional

 

 

Shareholder

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

paid-in

capital

 

 

note

receivable

 

 

Treasury

stock

 

 

comprehensive

income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated

deficit

 

 

equity

(deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

 

19,857

 

 

$

2

 

 

 

5

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

436,803

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,093

 

 

$

(459,459

)

 

$

(26,658

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,649

 

Issuance of warrants in

   conjunction with

   Squadron Term Loan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,708

 

Issuance and conversion of

   preferred stock into common

   stock, net of offering costs of

   $2.6 million

 

 

14,986

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,608

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,610

 

Recognition of beneficial

   conversion feature -Series

   B Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,488

)

 

 

 

Common stock issued for

   employee stock purchase plan

   and stock option exercises

 

 

258

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

666

 

Common stock issued for

   vesting of restricted stock

   awards, net of shares

   repurchased for tax

   liability

 

 

248

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock issued for

   warrant exercises, net of

   issuance costs of $0.1 million

 

 

4,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,628

 

Issuance of common stock and

   warrants for the acquisition

   of SafeOp

 

 

3,265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,529

 

Issuance of common stock for

   acquisition of SafeOp -

   Milestone 1

 

 

443

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,446

 

Foreign currency translation

   adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

 

 

 

 

 

(29

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,975

)

 

 

(28,975

)

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

43,368

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

523,525

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(97

)

 

 

1,064

 

 

 

(501,922

)

 

 

17,574

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,294

 

Common stock issued for

   conversion of Series A

   preferred stock

 

 

1,954

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognition of beneficial

   conversion feature -

   SafeOp Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

Distributor equity incentives

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

322

 

F-6


 

Common Stock issued for

   warrant exercises

 

 

757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,668

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,668

 

Common stock issued for

   employee stock purchase plan

   and stock option exercises

 

 

477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,522

 

Common stock issued for

   vesting of performances

   and restricted stock units and restricted stock awards,  net of tax liability

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,414

)

Issuance of common stock

   warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,664

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,664

 

Issuance of common stock for

   public offering, net of

   offering costs of $3.8M

 

 

12,535

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,846

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53,848

 

Issuance of common stock for

   acquisition of SafeOp -

   Milestone 2

 

 

887

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,889

 

Foreign currency translation

   adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(57,002

)

 

 

(57,002

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

61,400

 

 

$

6

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

606,558

 

 

$

(5,000

)

 

$

(97

)

 

$

1,088

 

 

$

(558,924

)

 

$

43,631

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-7


 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(57,002

)

 

$

(28,975

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

7,578

 

 

 

6,789

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

10,956

 

 

 

5,304

 

Amortization of debt discount and debt issuance costs

 

 

3,709

 

 

 

2,087

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

 

930

 

 

 

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

242

 

 

 

164

 

Provision for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

8,624

 

 

 

3,733

 

Deferred income tax benefit

 

 

(438

)

 

 

(1,405

)

Gain on settlement

 

 

 

 

 

(6,168

)

Beneficial conversion feature from convertible notes

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

590

 

Loss on disposal of instruments

 

 

127

 

 

 

130

 

Accretion to contingent consideration

 

 

289

 

 

 

846

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

(1,298

)

 

 

(396

)

Inventories, net

 

 

(14,712

)

 

 

(5,014

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

186

 

 

 

(268

)

Other assets

 

 

262

 

 

 

(90

)

Other long-term assets

 

 

(3,308

)

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other

 

 

6,647

 

 

 

1,677

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6,003

 

 

 

16

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

 

 

 

(261

)

Lease liability

 

 

2,239

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(4,397

)

 

 

(4,367

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(33,121

)

 

 

(25,608

)

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(13,032

)

 

 

(6,514

)

Cash paid for acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

(15,103

)

Cash paid for acquisition of intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

(400

)

Cash received from sale of equipment

 

 

 

 

 

348

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(13,032

)

 

 

(21,669

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from public offering, net

 

 

53,848

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of common stock, net

 

 

1,977

 

 

 

51,902

 

Borrowings under lines of credit

 

 

114,710

 

 

 

90,459

 

Repayments under lines of credit

 

 

(112,934

)

 

 

(89,993

)

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

 

 

(27

)

 

 

(96

)

Proceeds from issuance of term debt, net

 

 

9,700

 

 

 

34,077

 

Principal payments on term loan and notes payable

 

 

(3,091

)

 

 

(32,464

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

64,183

 

 

 

53,885

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

29

 

 

 

(20

)

Net increase in cash

 

 

18,059

 

 

 

6,588

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

29,054

 

 

 

22,466

 

Cash at end of year

 

$

47,113

 

 

$

29,054

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

5,969

 

 

$

5,141

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

161

 

 

$

134

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock warrants issued with term loan draw

 

$

13,664

 

 

$

1,708

 

Common stock and warrants issued for the acquisition of SafeOp

 

$

 

 

$

12,529

 

Common stock issued for achievement of SafeOp contingent consideration

 

$

2,889

 

 

$

1,446

 

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable

 

$

1,275

 

 

$

940

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8


 

ALPHATEC HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. The Company and Basis of Presentation

The Company

Alphatec Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Alphatec Spine, Inc. (“Alphatec Spine”) and SafeOp Surgical, Inc. (“SafeOp”), is a medical technology company that designs, develops, and markets technology for the treatment of spinal disorders associated with disease and degeneration, congenital deformities, and trauma. The Company markets its products in the U.S. via independent sales agents and a direct sales force.

On March 6, 2018, the Company and its newly created wholly-owned subsidiary, Safari Merger Sub, Inc (“Sub”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with SafeOp, a Delaware corporation, certain Key Stockholders of SafeOp and a Stockholder Representative. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, a reverse triangular merger (the “Merger”) was consummated on March 8, 2018, in which Sub was merged into SafeOp, with SafeOp being the surviving corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. See Note 8 for further information.

On September 1, 2016, the Company completed the sale of its international distribution operations and agreements (collectively, the “International Business”) to Globus Medical Ireland, Ltd., a subsidiary of Globus Medical, Inc., and its affiliated entities (collectively “Globus”). As a result of this transaction, the International Business has been excluded from continuing operations for all periods presented in the consolidated financial statements and is reported as discontinued operations. See Note 4 for additional information on the divestiture of the International Business.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP") and include the accounts of the Company, Alphatec Spine and SafeOp. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  The Company operates in one reportable business segment.

Liquidity

At each reporting period, the Company evaluates whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. The Company’s evaluation entails analyzing prospective operating budgets and forecasts for expectations of the Company’s cash needs and comparing those needs to the current cash and cash equivalent balances, and availability under existing credit facilities. The Company is required to make certain additional disclosures if it concludes substantial doubt exists and it is not alleviated by the Company’s plans or when its plans alleviate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.  

The Company has experienced negative operating cash flows for all historical periods presented and it expects these losses to continue into the foreseeable future as the Company continues to incur costs related to the execution of its operating plan and introduction of new products. The Company’s annual operating plan projects that its existing working capital at December 31, 2019 of $71.9 million (including cash of $47.1 million), along with available draws on its working capital credit line with MidCap and an additional $20 million in available borrowings under its credit facility with Squadron Medical Finance Solutions LLC (“Squadron”), allows the Company to fund its operations through at least one year subsequent to the date the financial statements are issued.

As more fully described in Note 5, the Company’s existing credit agreements with MidCap and Squadron (collectively, the “current lenders”) include a financial covenant that requires the Company to maintain a minimum cash balance of $5.0 million. The minimum cash covenant converts to a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio beginning April 30, 2020.  The Company expects that it will be unable to meet the fixed charge covenant at that time. In order to avoid a default on its existing credit agreements, the Company expects to refinance its existing debt prior to April 30, 2020, pursuant to a binding commitment letter with a new lender, as further described in Note 15. Should such re-financing not occur prior to April 30, 2020 the Company has entered into letter agreements with the current lenders, agreeing to work together in good faith to amend its existing covenants to extend the minimum cash covenant and defer the fixed charge covenant through at least April 1, 2021.  

The committed refinancing is subject to customary closing conditions, and, therefore, there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to successfully close such refinancing on or before April 30, 2020, or at all.   In addition, if required, there is no guarantee that the Company will be able to obtain the necessary waivers or amendments from its current lenders. If the Company is unable to refinance its existing debt or is unable to secure waivers or amendments from its current lenders, the current lenders have the right to

F-9


 

accelerate the repayment of all amounts outstanding.  In addition, the Company would be required to classify its obligations under existing debt agreements in current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet.  These events would negatively impact the Company’s ability to meet its ongoing financial obligations.  The Company believes the refinancing of its existing debt under its commitment letter with the new lender and/or obtaining waivers or amendments of current debt covenants is probable to occur. These factors alleviate substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 have been reclassified to conform to current period's presentation. These reclassifications include stock based compensation expense, which was reclassified to correctly present employee expenses consistent with their function, out of research and development and into sales, general and administrative expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. This resulted in a reclassification of $0.1 million of stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018. In addition, certain amounts in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow included in the Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 have been reclassified to conform to current period's presentation. None of the adjustments had any effect on the prior period net loss.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include the useful lives of property and equipment, intangibles, allowances for doubtful accounts, the valuation of share based liabilities, deferred tax assets, inventory, stock-based compensation, revenues, restructuring liabilities, income tax uncertainties, and other contingencies.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. The Company limits its exposure to credit loss by depositing its cash with established financial institutions. As of December 31, 2019, a substantial portion of the Company’s available cash funds is held in business accounts. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions, its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

The Company’s customers are primarily hospitals, surgical centers and distributors, and no one single customer represented greater than 10 percent of consolidated revenues and accounts receivable for any of the periods presented. Credit to customers is granted based on an analysis of the customers’ credit worthiness. Credit losses have not been significant.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. This standard applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements and financial instruments. Under Topic 606, an entity recognizes revenue when its customer obtains control of promised goods or services, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of Topic 606, the entity performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The Company only applies the five-step model to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of Topic 606, the Company assesses the goods or services promised within each contract and determines those that are performance obligations, and assesses whether each promised good or service is distinct. The Company then recognizes as revenue the amount of the transaction price that is allocated to the respective performance obligation when (or as) the performance obligation is satisfied.  

F-10


 

The Company derives its revenues primarily from the sale of spinal surgery implants and products used in the treatment of spine disorders. The Company sells its products primarily through its direct sales force and independent distributors. Revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods is transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods. Transfer of control generally occurs when the Company receives the written acknowledgment that the product has been used in a surgical procedure or upon shipment to third-party customers who immediately accept title to such product.

The Company’s accounts receivable generally have net 30-day payment terms. The Company generally does not allow returns of products that have been delivered. The Company offers standard quality assurance warranty on its products. As of December 31, 2019, accounts receivable related to products and services were $16.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had no material bad debt expense and there were no material contract assets, contract liabilities or deferred contract costs recorded on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company makes judgments as to its ability to collect outstanding receivables and provides allowances for a portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices and the overall quality and age of those invoices not specifically reviewed. In determining the provision for invoices not specifically reviewed, the Company analyzes historical collection experience. If the historical data used to calculate the allowance provided for doubtful accounts does not reflect the Company’s future ability to collect outstanding receivables or if the financial condition of customers were to deteriorate, resulting in impairment of their ability to make payments, an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts may be required.

Inventories, net

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost primarily determined under the first-in, first-out method. The Company reviews the components of inventory on a periodic basis for excess, obsolete and impaired inventory, and records a reserve for the identified items. The Company calculates an inventory reserve for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon historical turnover and assumptions about future demand for its products and market conditions. The Company’s biologics inventories have an expiration based on shelf life and are subject to demand fluctuations based on the availability and demand for alternative implant products. The Company’s estimates and assumptions for excess and obsolete inventory are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. Increases in the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory result in a corresponding increase to cost of revenues and establish a new cost basis for the part.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally ranging from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements and assets acquired under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the remaining terms of the related leases.

Operating Lease

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC No. 2016‑02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which supersedes the current accounting for leases, using the modified retrospective transition method. The Company has elected to apply the practical expedients allowed by the standard for existing leases. The new standard, while retaining two distinct types of leases, finance and operating, (i) requires lessees to record a right-of-use (“ROU”) asset and a related liability for the rights and obligations associated with a lease, regardless of lease classification, and recognize lease expense in a manner similar to current accounting, (ii) eliminates current real estate specific lease provisions, (iii) modifies the lease classification criteria and (iv) aligns many of the underlying lessor model principles with those in the new revenue standard. The Company determines the initial classification and measurement of its ROU asset and lease liabilities at the lease commencement date and thereafter, if modified. The Company recognizes a ROU asset for its operating leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. The lease term includes any renewal options and termination options that the Company is reasonably assured to exercise. The present value of lease payments is determined by using the incremental borrowing rate for operating leases determined by using the incremental borrowing rate of interest that the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis an amount equal to the lease payments in a similar economic environment. The Company applied the new guidance to its existing facility lease at the time of adoption and recognized a ROU asset of $2.4 million and operating lease liability of $2.9 million as of March 31, 2019, the initial period of adoption, and removed the previous deferred rent balance under the previous lease guidance of approximately $0.6 million. The Company entered into another facility lease for smaller office space during the third quarter of 2019 and also applied this guidance to create an additional ROU asset and operating lease liability. The two leases are presented together on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

F-11


 

Rent expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the reasonably assured lease term based on the total lease payments and is included in research and development and general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Company’s goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired from its business combination with SafeOp. The determination of the value of goodwill and intangible assets arising from its business combination and asset acquisitions requires extensive use of accounting estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired, including capitalized in-process research and development (“IPR&D”). Intangible assets acquired in a business combination that are used for in-process research and development activities are considered indefinite lived until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development efforts. Upon reaching the end of the relevant research and development project, the Company will amortize the acquired IPR&D over its estimated useful life or expense the acquired in-process research and development should the research and development project be unsuccessful with no future alternative use.

Goodwill and IPR&D are not amortized; however, they are assessed for impairment using fair value measurement techniques on an annual basis or more frequently if facts and circumstance warrant such a review. The goodwill or IPR&D are considered to be impaired if the Company determines that the carrying value of the reporting unit or IPR&D exceeds its respective fair value. 

The Company performs its annual impairment analysis by comparing the Company’s estimated fair value, calculated from the Company’s market capitalization, to its carrying amount. The Company’s annual evaluation for impairment of goodwill consists of one reporting unit. The Company completed its most recent annual evaluation for impairment as of December 31, 2019 and determined that no impairment existed and, consequently, no impairment charge has been recorded during the year.

Intangible assets with a finite life, such as acquired technology, customer relationships, manufacturing know-how, licensed technology, supply agreements and certain trade names and trademarks, are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful life, ranging from one to twenty-year period. In determining the useful lives of intangible assets, the Company considers the expected use of the assets and the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, anticipated technological advances, changes in surgical techniques, market influences and other economic factors. For technology based intangible assets, the Company considers the expected life cycles of products which incorporate the corresponding technology. Trademarks and trade names that are related to products are assigned lives consistent with the period in which the products bearing each brand are expected to be sold.

The Company evaluates its intangible assets with finite lives for indications of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of the Company’s use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business or significant negative industry or economic trends. If this evaluation indicates that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, the Company makes an assessment of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life. If this assessment indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows of the technology over the remaining amortization period, the Company reduces the net carrying value of the related intangible asset to fair value and may adjust the remaining amortization period. There were no impairment charges in 2019 or 2018.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company assesses potential impairment to its long-lived assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of the long-lived assets is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. Any required impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value and is recorded as a reduction in the carrying value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. There were no impairment charges in 2019 or 2018.

Warrants to Purchase Common Stock

Warrants are accounted for in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance as either derivative liabilities or as equity instruments depending on the specific terms of the agreements. Liability-classified instruments are recorded at fair value at each reporting period with any change in fair value recognized as a component of change in fair value of derivative liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-12


 

All warrants issued in 2019 and 2018 qualified for classification within stockholders’ equity and, therefore, did not require liability accounting.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying amount of financial instruments consisting of cash, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses, accrued compensation and current portion of long-term debt included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements are reasonable estimates of fair value due to their short maturities. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, management believes the fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value.

Authoritative guidance establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

 

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

 

 

Level 2:

Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

 

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Aside from the warrants issued alongside the Squadron amendment that are classified within prepaid and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet, the Company does not maintain any financial assets that are considered to be Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 instruments as of December 31, 2019. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability assumed in the SafeOp acquisition was recorded as part of the purchase price consideration of the acquisition. The contingent consideration related to the SafeOp acquisition was classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the Company was using a probability-weighted income approach, utilizing significant unobservable inputs including the probability of achieving each of the potential milestones and an estimated discount rate related to the risks of the expected cash flows attributable to the milestones. All the contingent milestones were achieved as of December 31, 2019. During the second quarter of 2019, the Company issued a liability classified equity award to one of its executive officers. The award will be earned over a 4 year vesting period and upon a specific market condition. As the award will be cash settled, it is classified as a liability within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as the Company is using a probability-weighted income approach, utilizing significant unobservable inputs including the probability of achieving the specified market condition with the valuation updated at each reporting period. The full fair value of the cash settled award was $1.7 million as of December 31, 2019 and is being recognized ratably as the underlying service period is provided.

The following table provides a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Level 3

Liabilities

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

 

$

 

Contingent consideration liability recorded upon acquisition of

   SafeOp

 

 

3,200

 

Settlement of milestone #1

 

 

(1,446

)

Change in fair value measurement

 

 

846

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

2,600

 

Settlement of milestone #2

 

 

(2,889

)

Change in fair value measurement- milestone #2

 

 

289

 

Straight line recognition of liability classified equity award

 

 

173

 

Change in fair value measurement- equity award

 

 

93

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

266

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company achieved the second of the two milestones related to the acquisition of SafeOp, which was settled through the issuance of 886,843 shares of the Company’s common stock. See Note 8 for further information.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense consists of costs associated with the design, development, testing, and enhancement of the Company’s products. Research and development costs also include salaries and related employee benefits, research-related overhead expenses, fees paid to external service providers. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

F-13


 

Transaction-related Expenses

The Company expensed certain costs related to the SafeOp acquisition, which primarily include third-party advisory and legal fees.

Litigation-related Expenses

Litigation-related expenses are costs incurred for the ongoing litigation, primarily with NuVasive, Inc. See Note 6 for further information.

Product Shipment Cost

Product shipment costs are included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Product shipment costs totaled $4.0 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under provisions which require that share-based payment transactions with employees be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair value and recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. The amount of expense recognized during the period is affected by subjective assumptions, including estimates of the future volatility of the Company’s stock price, the expected term for its stock options, the number of options expected to ultimately vest, and the timing of vesting for the Company’s share-based awards.

The Company uses a Black-Scholes option pricing valuation model to estimate the fair value of its stock option awards. The calculation of the fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the Company’s common stock price on the date of grant as well as assumptions regarding the following:

 

Estimated volatility is a measure of the amount by which the Company’s common stock price is expected to fluctuate each year during the expected life of the award. The Company’s estimated volatility through December 31, 2019 was based on a weighted-average volatility of its actual historical volatility over a period equal to the expected life of the awards.

 

The expected term represents the period of time that awards granted are expected to be outstanding. Through December 31, 2019, the Company calculated the expected term using a weighted-average term based on historical exercise patterns and the term from option date to full exercise for the options granted within the specified date range.

 

The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the stock option award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the stock option award.

 

The assumed dividend yield is based on the Company’s expectation of not paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

The Company used historical data to estimate the number of future stock option forfeitures. Stock-based compensation recorded in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations is based on awards expected to ultimately vest and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company’s estimated forfeiture rates may differ from its actual forfeitures which would affect the amount of expense recognized during the period.

The Company accounts for stock option grants to non-employees in accordance with provisions which require that the fair value of these instruments be recognized as an expense over the period in which the related services are rendered.

Stock-based compensation expense of awards with performance conditions is recognized over the period from the date the performance condition is determined to be probable of occurring through the time the applicable condition is met. Determining the likelihood and timing of achieving performance conditions is a subjective judgment made by management which may affect the amount and timing of expense related to these share-based awards. Share-based compensation is adjusted to reflect the value of options which ultimately vest as such amounts become known in future periods.

Stock-based awards with market conditions are valued using the Monte Carlo valuation technique which requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions that are not observable from the market. Stock based compensation for awards with both service and market conditions that contain one vesting date are recognized on a straight line basis over the longer of the derived service period or the requisite service period.  For awards with both service and market conditions with various vesting dates, stock based compensation is recognized utilizing an accelerated expense model over the longer of the derived service period or the requisite service period.

F-14


 

Valuation of Stock Option Awards

The weighted average assumptions used to compute the stock-based compensation costs for the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2.00

%

 

 

2.85

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average expected life (years)

 

 

6.09

 

 

 

6.08

 

Volatility

 

 

80.76

%

 

 

78.54

%

 

Stock-Based Compensation Costs

The compensation cost that has been included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements is detailed as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cost of revenues

 

$

146

 

 

$

73

 

Research and development

 

 

752

 

 

 

351

 

Sales, general and administrative

 

 

10,058

 

 

 

4,880

 

Total

 

$

10,956

 

 

$

5,304

 

 

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with provisions which set forth an asset and liability approach that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. In making such determination, a review of all available positive and negative evidence must be considered, including scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision.

Beneficial Conversion Feature – Series B Preferred Stock

In March 2018, the Company completed a private placement of equity securities to certain institutional and accredited investors, providing for the sale by the Company of newly designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into 14.3 million shares of our common stock upon approval by the Company’s stockholders. As the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock provided the holder the benefit to convert to shares of common stock, a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) with a calculated intrinsic fair value at issuance of $13.5 million existed as of the date the shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were able to be converted into shares of common stock. This one-time, non-cash deemed dividend impacts net loss attributable to common stockholders and net loss per share on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Beneficial Conversion Feature – SafeOp Convertible Notes

In March 2019, the Company’s convertible notes outstanding reached maturity and allowed for the noteholders to elect settlement in cash or shares of the Company’s common stock. As the Convertible Notes provided the holders the benefit to convert to shares of common stock, a BCF with a calculated intrinsic fair value at issuance of $0.2 million existed as of the date the Convertible Notes were able to be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock. Although the holders elected for cash settlement, the BCF was required to be recognized as interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and within additional paid-in-capital within the Company’s consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2019.

F-15


 

Net Loss per Share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income or loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. For purposes of this calculation, common stock subject to repurchase by the Company, common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred shares, options and warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents and are only included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share when their effect is dilutive.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss, basic and diluted

 

$

(57,002

)

 

$

(42,463

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

52,520

 

 

 

35,402

 

Weighted average unvested common shares subject to repurchase

 

 

(286

)

 

 

(87

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted

 

 

52,234

 

 

 

35,315

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

 

$

(1.09

)

 

$

(1.20

)

The anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net loss per share were as follows calculated on a weighted average basis (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Options to purchase common stock

 

 

4,215

 

 

 

4,682

 

Warrants to purchase common stock

 

 

26,557

 

 

 

22,302

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

 

 

67

 

 

 

2,022

 

Unvested restricted stock awards

 

 

6,727

 

 

 

3,270

 

Convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

 

37,566

 

 

 

33,264

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which changes several aspects of the accounting for leases, including the requirement that all leases with durations greater than twelve months be recognized on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2019 and elected the optional transition method to account for the impact of the adoption with a cumulative-effect adjustment in the period of adoption and did not restate prior periods. The Company elected certain practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance. As part of the adoption, the Company recorded a ROU asset and liability upon adoption of the guidance pertaining to its long-term real estate lease for its corporate facilities. No cumulative-effect adjustment was needed.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, which eliminates the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Instead, entities will record an impairment charge based on the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value. The standard has tiered effective dates, starting in 2020 for calendar-year public business entities that meet the definition of an SEC filer. Early adoption is permitted for annual and interim goodwill impairment testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is in the process of determining the impact the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40), which aligns the accounting for cloud computing implementation costs with that of costs to develop or obtain internal-use software, meaning such costs that are part of the application development stage are capitalized as an asset and amortized over the term of the arrangement, otherwise, such costs are expensed as incurred. It also clarifies the classification of amounts related to capitalized implementation costs in the financial statements. ASC 2018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted.  The Company is in the process of determining the impact the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

F-16


 

In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-08, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718) and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which clarifies that an entity must measure and classify share-based payment awards granted to a customer by applying the guidance in Topic 718. ASC 2019-08 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim reporting periods within those annual reporting periods. The Company is in the process of determining the impact the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Accounts receivable

 

$

16,436

 

 

$

15,291

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(286

)

 

 

(196

)

Accounts receivable, net

 

$

16,150

 

 

$

15,095

 

 

Inventories, net

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Raw materials

 

$

5,822

 

 

$

5,813

 

Work-in-process

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

952

 

Finished goods

 

 

51,669

 

 

 

39,758

 

 

 

 

59,069

 

 

 

46,523

 

Less reserve for excess and obsolete

 

 

(24,215

)

 

 

(17,758

)

Inventories, net

 

$

34,854

 

 

$

28,765

 

 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands, except as indicated):

 

 

 

Useful lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(in years)

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Surgical instruments

 

 

4

 

 

$

58,502

 

 

$

54,848

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

7

 

 

 

6,038

 

 

 

5,971

 

Computer equipment

 

 

3

 

 

 

3,594

 

 

 

3,104

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

5

 

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

1,155

 

Leasehold improvements

 

various

 

 

 

1,761

 

 

 

1,765

 

Construction in progress

 

n/a

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,688

 

 

 

66,935

 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51,966

)

 

 

(53,700

)

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

19,722

 

 

$

13,235

 

 

Total depreciation expense was $6.8 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, assets recorded under capital leases of $0.1 million were included in the machinery and equipment balance. Amortization of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

F-17


 

Intangible Assets, net

In conjunction with the acquisition of SafeOp in March 2018, the Company recorded $21.6 million of new intangible assets. See Note 8 for further information regarding the acquisition. Intangible assets, net consist of the following (in thousands, except as indicated):

 

 

 

Remaining Avg.

Useful lives

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

(in years)

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Developed product technology

 

 

10

 

 

$

26,976

 

 

$

26,976

 

Intellectual property

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

1,004

 

License agreements

 

 

1

 

 

 

5,536

 

 

 

5,536

 

Trademarks and trade names

 

 

 

 

 

792

 

 

 

792

 

Customer-related

 

 

5

 

 

 

7,458

 

 

 

7,458

 

Distribution network

 

 

4

 

 

 

4,027

 

 

 

4,027

 

In process research and development

 

 

19

 

 

 

8,800

 

 

 

8,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,593

 

 

 

54,593

 

Less accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,988

)

 

 

(28,185

)

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,605

 

 

$

26,408

 

 

Total expense related to amortization of intangible assets was $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Future amortization expense related to intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

1,869

 

2021

 

 

1,888

 

2022

 

 

1,888

 

2023

 

 

1,888

 

2024

 

 

1,785

 

Thereafter

 

 

16,287

 

Total

 

$

25,605

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Commissions and sales milestones

 

$

5,299

 

 

$

3,594

 

Payroll and payroll related

 

 

7,949

 

 

 

3,222

 

Litigation settlement obligation

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

4,400

 

Professional fees

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

2,637

 

Royalties

 

 

1,981

 

 

 

1,354

 

Restructuring and severance accruals

 

 

29

 

 

 

710

 

Taxes

 

 

82

 

 

 

(3

)

Interest

 

 

155

 

 

 

261

 

Acquisition related - contingent consideration

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,600

 

Other

 

 

2,576

 

 

 

3,541

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

26,416

 

 

$

22,316

 

F-18


 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

Other long-term liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Litigation settlement obligation - long-term portion

 

$

10,712

 

 

$

13,954

 

Line of credit exit fee

 

 

600

 

 

 

600

 

Tax liabilities

 

 

373

 

 

 

835

 

Other

 

 

266

 

 

 

-

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

$

11,951

 

 

$

15,389

 

 

4. Discontinued Operations

In connection with the sale of the International Business, the Company entered into a product manufacture and supply agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) with Globus, pursuant to which the Company supplies to Globus certain of its implants and instruments (the “Products”), previously offered for sale by the Company in international markets at agreed-upon prices for a minimum term of three years, with the option for Globus to extend the term for up to two additional twelve month periods subject to Globus meeting specified purchase requirements. During the first quarter of 2019, Globus notified the Company that it will exercise the option to extend the agreement an additional twelve months through August 2020. In accordance with authoritative guidance, sales to Globus are reported under continuing operations as the Company has continuing involvement under the Supply Agreement.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recorded $5.2 million in revenue and $4.8 million in cost of revenue from the Supply Agreement in continuing operations and during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company recorded $8.0 million in revenue and $7.5 million in cost of revenue in continuing operations. General and administrative expenses pertaining to discontinued operations on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.  

5. Debt

MidCap Facility Agreement

The Company’s Amended Credit Facility with MidCap provides for a revolving credit commitment up to $22.5 million and provided for a term loan commitment up to $5 million. As of December 31, 2019, $12.8 million was outstanding under the revolving line of credit. The principal balance outstanding under the revolving line of credit is due in December 2022.

Amounts outstanding under the revolving line of credit accrues interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 6.0%, reset monthly. At December 31, 2019, the revolving line of credit carried an interest rate of 7.69%, with interest payable monthly. The borrowing base is determined based on the value of domestic eligible accounts receivable. As collateral for the Amended Credit Facility, MidCap has a first lien security interest in accounts receivable and a second lien security interest on substantially all other assets.

At December 31, 2019, $0.9 million remains as unamortized debt discount related to the Amended Credit Facility on the consolidated balance sheet, which will be amortized over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Facility.

The Amended Credit Facility also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in MidCap’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable.

On March 8, 2018, the Company entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2018 to April 2019, and established a minimum liquidity covenant of $5.0 million effective through March 2019. On November 6, 2018, the Company entered into the Eighth Amendment to the Amended Credit Facility to extend the date that the financial covenants of the Amended Credit Facility are effective from April 2019 to April 2020, and extended the minimum liquidity covenant through March 2020. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the Amended Credit Facility at December 31, 2019.

F-19


 

Globus Facility Agreement

On September 1, 2016, the Company and Globus entered into the Globus Facility Agreement, pursuant to which Globus loaned the Company $30 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Globus Facility Agreement. On November 7, 2018, the Company repaid in full all amounts outstanding and due under the Globus Facility Agreement. The Company made a final payment of $29.2 million to Globus, consisting of outstanding principal and accrued interest. All amounts previously recorded as debt issuance costs were recorded as a loss on debt extinguishment on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Squadron Credit Agreement

On November 6, 2018, the Company closed a $35 million Term Loan with Squadron, a provider of debt financing to growing companies in the orthopedic industry. The net proceeds of approximately $34.1 million were used to retire the Company’s existing $29.2 million term debt with Globus. The remainder of the proceeds were used for general corporate purposes.

The debt has a five-year maturity and bears interest at LIBOR plus 8% (10.0% as of December 31, 2019) per annum. The Agreement specifies a minimum interest rate of 10% and a maximum of 13% per year. Interest-only payments are due monthly through May 2021, followed by $10 million in principal payable in 29 equal monthly installments beginning June 2021 and a $25 million lump-sum payment payable at maturity in November 2023. As collateral for the Term Loan, Squadron has a first lien security interest in substantially all assets except for accounts receivable.

 

The credit agreement also includes several event of default provisions, such as payment default, insolvency conditions and a material adverse effect clause, which could cause interest to be charged at a rate which is up to five percentage points above the rate effective immediately before the event of default or result in Squadron’s right to declare all outstanding obligations immediately due and payable. Furthermore, the credit agreement contains various covenants, including monthly compliance certifications and compliance with government regulations and maintenance of insurance, and prohibitions against certain specified actions, including acquiring any new equipment financings over a specified amount. The credit agreement also contains various negative covenants including a $5 million minimum liquidity requirement through March 31, 2020. The minimum liquidity covenant will be replaced by a fixed charge ratio, pursuant to which operating cash to fixed charges (as defined) must equal at least 1:1 on a rolling 12-month basis, beginning April 2020. The Company was in compliance with the covenants under the credit agreement at December 31, 2019.

In connection with the initial financing, the Company issued warrants to Squadron to purchase 845,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.15 per share.  The warrants have a seven-year term and are immediately exercisable. See Note 9 for further detail on the warrants.

In March 2019, the Company closed on an expanded credit facility with Squadron for up to $30 million in additional secured financing. This additional financing has been made available under the Company’s existing credit facility with Squadron. The Company accounted for the amendment as a debt modification with continued amortization of the existing and inclusion of the new debt issuance costs of $0.3 million amortized into interest expense utilizing the effective interest rate method. The Company took a draw of $10.0 million of the expanded credit facility in June 2019 to be used for general corporate purposes. The additional borrowings under the credit facility will mature concurrent with the current secured financing from Squadron and bear interest at the same rate and subject to the same 10% floor and 13% ceiling. Interest-only payments are due monthly through May 2021, followed by principal payable in 29 equal monthly installments beginning June 2021 and a lump-sum payment payable at maturity in November 2023. In conjunction with the first draw under the expanded credit facility, the Company issued to Squadron warrants to purchase 4,838,710 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.17 per share. The warrants have a seven-year term and are immediately exercisable. The warrants were valued utilizing the Monte-Carlo simulation model as described further in Note 9 and are recorded within equity in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance and with a proportional amount, calculated by taking the draw amount divided by the total expanded credit facility, recorded as a debt discount. The total debt discount is amortized into interest expense through maturity of the debt utilizing the effective interest rate method. No additional warrants will be issued upon any future draws. The value of the additional warrants issued that are allocated to the remaining balance available for draw on the expanded credit facility were recorded as a deferred cost asset within prepaid and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and are being amortized into interest expense on a ratable basis over the term of the debt.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the debt is recorded at its carrying value of $38.6 million, net of issuance costs, including all amounts paid to third parties to secure the debt and the fair value of the warrants issued. The debt issuance costs are being amortized into interest expense over the five-year term utilizing the effective interest rate method. The total principal outstanding under the Term Loan as of December 31, 2019 is $45.0 million.

F-20


 

Inventory Financing

The Company has an Inventory Financing Agreement with a key inventory and instrument components supplier whereby the Company may draw up to $3.0 million for the purchase of inventory to accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 8% subject to the same 10% floor and 13% ceiling. All principal will become due and payable upon maturity on November 6, 2023 and all interest will be paid monthly. The obligation outstanding under the Inventory Financing Agreement as of December 31, 2019 was $3.0 million.

Other Debt Agreements

The Company has one outstanding capital lease arrangement as of December 31, 2019. The lease bears interest at an annual rate of 6.4% and is due in monthly principal and interest installments, collateralized by the related equipment, and matures in December 2022.

Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Amended Credit Facility with MidCap

 

$

12,785

 

 

$

11,010

 

Inventory Financing

 

 

2,987

 

 

 

 

Squadron Term Loan

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

35,000

 

Notes payable

 

 

457

 

 

 

296

 

Convertible note

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Total

 

 

61,229

 

 

 

49,306

 

Add: capital leases

 

 

101

 

 

 

126

 

Less: debt discount

 

 

(7,393

)

 

 

(3,857

)

Total

 

 

53,937

 

 

 

45,575

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(489

)

 

 

(3,276

)

Total long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

53,448

 

 

$

42,299

 

 

Principal payments on debt are as follows as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):

 

Year Ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

458

 

2021

 

 

4,483

 

2022

 

 

20,471

 

2023

 

 

35,817

 

2024 and thereafter

 

 

 

Total

 

 

61,229

 

Add: capital lease principal payments

 

 

101

 

Less: debt discount

 

 

(7,393

)

Total

 

 

53,937

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt

 

 

(489

)

Long-term debt, net of current portion

 

$

53,448

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company occupies approximately 76,000 square feet of office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California. Monthly rent is approximately $111,000 per month for the year ended December 31, 2018 and increases by approximately $3,000 per month each year through expiration of the lease on July 31, 2021. On December 4, 2019, the Company entered into a new lease agreement for a new headquarters location which will consist of 121,541 square feet of office, engineering, and research and development space in Carlsbad, California. The term of the new lease is currently anticipated to commence November 15, 2020 and terminate November 30, 2030, subject to two (2) sixty (60) month options to renew. The Company will recognize a ROU asset and liability upon taking control of the premises, currently anticipated to be the lease commencement date. Base rent under the new building lease for the first twelve months of the term will be $195,000 per month subject to full abatement during months two through ten. Base rent for the second year of the term will be $244,115 per month and thereafter will increase

F-21


 

annually by 3%. At the beginning of each exercised option period, base rent will be adjusted to the market rental value, and thereafter will increase annually by 3% through the end of such option period.

Capital Lease

The Company has one outstanding capital lease arrangement for the lease of equipment as of December 31, 2019 that matures in 2022. The lease bears interest at a rate of 6.40% per annum, is due in monthly principal and interest installments and is collateralized by the related equipment. The total capital lease commitment outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $0.1 million.

Operating Lease

 

The Company leases its buildings and certain equipment under operating leases which expire on various dates through 2021. Upon the Company’s adoption of ASC 842 in January 1, 2019, the Company recognized a ROU asset and lease liability for its building lease, assuming a 10.5% discount rate. Any short-term leases defined as 12 months or less or month-to-month leases were excluded and continue to be expensed each month. Total costs associated with these leases for the year ended December 31, 2019 was immaterial.

 

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. The Company has operating leases for its buildings and certain equipment with lease terms of 1 year to 5.5 years, some of which include options to extend and/or terminate the lease. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion and were not included in the calculation of the Company’s lease liability as the Company is not able to determine without uncertainty if the renewal option will be exercised. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited to the expected term unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain of exercise. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any variable lease payments, residual value guarantees or any restrictive covenants.

 

The Company’s ROU asset represents the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at commencement date of the lease or the ASC 842 adoption date, whichever is later, based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When readily determinable, the Company uses the implicit rate in determining the present value of lease payments, or 10.5% as of the adoption date. When leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date or adoption date, including the lease term. The operating lease ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Future minimum annual undiscounted lease payments under the Company’s operating and capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

1,488

 

2021

 

 

921

 

2022

 

 

42

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

 

 

2,451

 

Less: present value adjustment

 

 

(212

)

Operating lease liability

 

 

2,239

 

Less: current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

(1,314

)

Operating lease liability, less current portion

 

$

925

 

 

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s remaining average lease term is 1.7 years. Rent expense under operating leases for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.3 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Company paid $1.4 million of cash payments related to its operating lease agreements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Litigation

The Company is and may become involved in various legal proceedings arising from its business activities. While management is not aware of any litigation matter that in and of itself would have a material adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position, litigation is inherently unpredictable, and depending on the nature and timing of a

F-22


 

proceeding, an unfavorable resolution could materially affect the Company’s future consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position in a particular period. The Company assesses contingencies to determine the degree of probability and range of possible loss for potential accrual or disclosure in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. An estimated loss contingency is accrued in the Company’s consolidated financial statements if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Because litigation is inherently unpredictable and unfavorable resolutions could occur, assessing contingencies is highly subjective and requires judgments about future events. When evaluating contingencies, the Company may be unable to provide a meaningful estimate due to a number of factors, including the procedural status of the matter in question, the presence of complex or novel legal theories, and/or the ongoing discovery and development of information important to the matters. In addition, damage amounts claimed in litigation against the Company may be unsupported, exaggerated or unrelated to reasonably possible outcomes, and as such are not meaningful indicators of the Company’s potential liability.

In February 2018, NuVasive, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Southern District of California (NuVasive, Inc. v. Alphatec Holdings, Inc. et al., Case No. 3:18-cv-00347-CAB-MDD (S.D. Cal.)), alleging that certain of the Company’s products (including components of its Battalion™ Lateral System), infringe, or contribute to the infringement of, U.S. Patent Nos. 7,819,801, 8,355,780, 8,439,832, 8,753,270, 9,833,227 (entitled “Surgical access system and related methods”), U.S. Patent No. 8,361,156 (entitled “Systems and methods for spinal fusion”), and U.S. Design Patent Nos. D652,519 (“Dilator”) and D750,252 (“Intervertebral Implant”).  NuVasive seeks unspecified monetary damages and an injunction against future purported infringement.  

In March 2018, the Company moved to dismiss NuVasive’s claims of infringement of its design patents for failure to state a cognizable legal claim.  In May 2018, the Court ruled that NuVasive failed to state a plausible claim for infringement of the asserted design patents and dismissed those claims with prejudice.  The Company filed its answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims to NuVasive’s remaining claims in May 2018.

Also in March 2018, NuVasive moved for a preliminary injunction.  In March 2018, the Court denied that motion without prejudice for failure to comply with the Court’s chambers rules.  In April 2018, NuVasive again moved for a preliminary injunction.  In July 2018, after a hearing on the matter in June 2018, the Court denied that motion on the grounds that NuVasive failed to establish either likelihood of success on the merits of its remaining claims or that it would suffer irreparable harm absent the preliminary injunction. 

In September 2018, NuVasive filed an Amended Complaint, asserting additional infringement claims of U.S. Patent Nos. 9,924,859, 9,974,531 and 8,187,334. The Company filed its answer, affirmative defenses and counterclaims to these new claims in October 2018.  Also in October 2018, NuVasive moved to dismiss the Company’s counterclaims that NuVasive intentionally had misled the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office as a means of obtaining certain patents asserted against the Company.  In January 2019, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion as to all but one of the Company’s counterclaims, but granted the Company leave to amend its counterclaim to cure the dismissal.  The Company amended that counterclaim in February 2019 and, that same month, NuVasive again moved to dismiss it.  In March 2019, the Court denied NuVasive’s motion.  NuVasive filed its Answer to the amended counterclaim in April 2019.

 

In December 2018, the Company filed a petition with the Patent Trial and Appeal Board (“PTAB”) challenging the validity of certain claims of the ’156 and ’334 Patents In February 2019, upon joint motion of the parties, the Court stayed all proceedings in this matter, except as noted above, pending PTAB’s determination of whether to institute inter partes review (“IPR”) of the asserted claims of the two patents at issue and vacated the trial date. In July 2019, PTAB instituted IPR of the validity of asserted claims of the two patents at issue.  The Company expects PTAB to issue its final decisions regarding the validity of these claims in the second half of 2020. Also in July 2019, the parties submitted a joint statement to the Court regarding PTAB’s decisions and the parties’ respective recommendations regarding the stay of proceedings. In August 2019, the Court vacated the stay as to asserted claims concerning those patents at issue not presently before PTAB and continued the stay as to the ‘156 and ‘334 Patents.

 

Hearing on the matters was held on March 13, 2020 and taken under submission at that time. Trial, which was originally set for April 27, 2020, has been taken off calendar due to increasing uncertainties surrounding the current public health crisis. A new trial date has not been set.

F-23


 

The Company believes that the allegations lack merit and intends to vigorously defend all claims asserted. A liability is recorded in the consolidated financial statements if it is believed to be probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. It is impossible at this time to assess whether the outcome of this proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, cash flows or financial position. Therefore, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the Company has not recorded any accrual for a contingent liability associated with this legal proceeding based on its belief that a liability, while possible, is not probable and any range of potential future charge cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements under which it occasionally indemnifies third-parties for intellectual property infringement claims or claims arising from breaches of representations or warranties. In addition, from time to time, the Company provides indemnity protection to third-parties for claims relating to past performance arising from undisclosed liabilities, product liabilities, environmental obligations, representations and warranties, and other claims. In these agreements, the scope and amount of remedy, or the period in which claims can be made, may be limited. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of future payments, if any, due under these indemnities due to the conditional nature of the obligations and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each agreement.

In October 2017, NuVasive filed a lawsuit in Delaware Chancery Court against Mr. Miles, the Company’s Chairman and CEO, who was a former officer and board member of NuVasive. The Company itself was not initially a named defendant in this lawsuit; however, on June 28, 2018, NuVasive amended its complaint to add the Company as a defendant.  As of December 31, 2019, the Company has not recorded any liability on the consolidated balance sheet related to this matter. On October 12, 2018, the Delaware Court ordered that NuVasive begin advancing legal fees for Mr. Miles’ defense in the lawsuit, as well as Mr. Miles’ legal fees incurred in pursuing advancement of his fees, pursuant to an indemnification agreement between NuVasive and Mr. Miles.

Royalties

The Company has entered into various intellectual property agreements requiring the payment of royalties based on the sale of products that utilize such intellectual property. These royalties primarily relate to products sold by Alphatec Spine and are based on fixed fees or calculated either as a percentage of net sales or on a per-unit sold basis. Royalties are included on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations as a component of cost of revenues. As of December 31, 2019, the Company is obligated to pay guaranteed minimum royalty payments under these agreements of approximately $5.4 million through 2023 and beyond.

7. Orthotec Settlement

On September 26, 2014, the Company entered into a Settlement and Release Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among the Company and its direct subsidiaries, including Alphatec Spine, Inc., Alphatec Holdings International C.V., Scient'x S.A.S. and Surgiview S.A.S.; HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III; and Orthotec, LLC and Patrick Bertranou, (the “Settlement Agreement”). Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company agreed to pay Orthotec, LLC $49.0 million in cash, including initial cash payments totaling $1.75 million, which the Company previously paid in March 2014, and an additional lump sum payment of $15.75 million, which the Company previously paid in April 2014. The Company agreed to pay the remaining $31.5 million in 28 quarterly installments of $1.1 million and one additional quarterly installment of $0.7 million, commencing October 1, 2014. The payments set forth above are guaranteed by Stipulated Judgments held against the Company, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P., HealthpointCapital, LLC, John H. Foster and Mortimer Berkowitz III and, in the event of a default, will be entered and enforced against these entities and/or individuals in that order. In September 2014, the Company and HealthpointCapital entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5 million to the $49 million settlement amount. The $5 million is classified within stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets due to the related party nature with HealthpointCapital and its affiliates. See Note 12 for further information.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company has made installment payments in the aggregate of $40.6 million, with a remaining outstanding balance of $17.2 million (including interest). The Company has the right to prepay the amounts due without penalty. The unpaid amounts due accrue interest at the rate of 7% per year until paid in full. The accrued but unpaid interest will be paid in quarterly installments of $1.1 million (or the full amount of the accrued but unpaid interest if less than $1.1 million) following the full payment of the $31.5 million in quarterly installments described above. No interest will accrue on the accrued interest. The Settlement Agreement provides for mutual releases of all claims in the Orthotec, LLC v. Surgiview, S.A.S, et al. matter in the Superior Court of California, Los Angeles County and all other related litigation matters involving the Company and its directors and affiliates.

F-24


 

A reconciliation of the total net settlement obligation is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Litigation settlement obligation - short-term portion

 

$

4,400

 

 

$

4,400

 

Litigation settlement obligation - long-term portion

 

 

10,712

 

 

 

13,954

 

Total

 

 

15,112

 

 

 

18,354

 

Future Interest

 

 

2,121

 

 

 

3,279

 

Total settlement obligation, gross

 

 

17,233

 

 

 

21,633

 

Related party receivable - included in stockholders'

   equity

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(5,000

)

Total settlement obligation, net

 

$

12,233

 

 

$

16,633

 

 

8. Acquisition of SafeOp Surgical, Inc.

On March 8, 2018, the Company acquired SafeOp, a privately-held provider of neuromonitoring technology designed to enable effective intra-operative nerve health assessment. At the time of the acquisition, SafeOp had FDA 510(k) approval for a somatosensory evoked potential (“SSEP”) monitoring technology. The Company has developed a product that will allow for both free run and triggered specific recording of muscle activity, also known as Electromyography (“EMG”). The Company received FDA clearance for SafeOp’s EMG technology in February 2019 to complement the SSEP solution, and anticipates commercialization of the combined technology solution in mid-2019. In addition to expanding the Company’s market presence in lateral spine surgery, the Company believes that the SafeOp solution will allow it to integrate neuromonitoring into its broader product portfolio and accelerate the transition to procedural integration of the entire portfolio.

Under the term of the definitive merger agreement, the Company paid $15.1 million in cash and issued 3,265,132 shares of common stock. The Company paid the full $15.1 million in cash consideration during the year ended December 31, 2018. On March 8, 2018, the Company issued 2,975,209 shares of common stock valued at $9.8 million, based on the closing share price of $3.30, and issued an additional 115,621 shares of common stock during the second quarter of 2018 and the remaining 174,302 during the third quarter of 2018.

In March 2018, the Company also issued $3.0 million in convertible notes that were convertible into a total of 987,578 shares of common stock, which included total interest incurred, and issued warrants to purchase 2.2 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share and contain a five year life. The convertible notes matured on March 9, 2019 and were settled in cash. Upon maturity, the Company recognized the value associated with the beneficial conversion feature calculated at issuance of $0.2 million within interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019. Shares of common stock were issued upon achievement of post-closing milestones as described further below. The warrants remain outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

The first of the two milestones was achieved during the year ended December 31, 2018 and resulted in the issuance of 443,421 shares of common stock as payment. The second milestone pertaining to regulatory approval was achieved and the Company issued 886,843 shares of common stock as payment during the three months ended March 31, 2019. Prior to achievement, the contingent consideration was recorded as a liability and measured at fair value using a probability-weighted income approach, utilizing significant unobservable inputs including the probability of achieving each of the potential milestones and an estimated discount rate related to the risks of the expected cash flows attributable to the milestones. The fair value of the contingent consideration, and the associated liability relating to the contingent consideration at each reporting date, was re-assessed with the changes in fair value reflected in earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the fair value for the contingent consideration increased by $0.3 million due to the proximity of the achievement of the milestone. The amount was recorded within research and development expense on the consolidated statement of operations and a corresponding increase in the liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The full liability was relieved upon achievement of the remaining milestone during the period.

9. Equity

August 2019 Offering

On August 2, 2019, the Company closed the Offering in which a total of 12,535,000 shares of its common stock, were issued and sold at a price to the public of $4.60 per share. The closing of the Offering included the issuance and sale of 1,635,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, included within the total number of shares above, pursuant to the full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $53.9 million, including the net proceeds from the option shares.

F-25


 

Redeemable Preferred Stock

The Company issued shares of redeemable preferred stock in connection with its initial public offering in June 2006.  As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the redeemable preferred stock carrying value was $23.6 million and there were 20 million shares of redeemable preferred stock authorized. The redeemable preferred stock is not convertible into common stock but is redeemable at $9.00 per share, (i) upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or the occurrence of certain mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, before any payment to the holders of the Company’s common stock, or (ii) at the Company’s option at any time. Holders of redeemable preferred stock are generally not entitled to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, except with respect to certain matters that will affect them adversely as a class, and are not entitled to receive dividends. The carrying value of the redeemable preferred stock was $7.11 per share at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The redeemable preferred stock is presented separately from stockholders’ deficit in the consolidated balance sheets and any adjustments to its carrying value up to its redemption value of $9.00 per share are reported as a dividend.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

In March 2017, the Company completed a private placement (the “2017 Private Placement”) with certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors, executive officers and employees of the Company (collectively, the “Purchasers”), providing for the sale by the Company of 1,809,628 shares of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price of $2.00 per share and 15,245 shares of newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (which shares were convertible into approximately 7,622,372 shares of common stock). Except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have no right to vote on matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, 3,909 and 1,274 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 1,954,334 and 636,997 shares of common stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, there were 135 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding, which are convertible into 67,338 shares of common stock.

2017 Warrants

In connection with the 2017 Private Placement, the Company issued warrants to purchase up to 9,432,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $2.00 per share (the “2017 Common Stock Warrants”). The Company also issued warrants to purchase common stock to the exclusive placement agents (the “2017 Banker Warrants”). The 2017 Banker Warrants were for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 471,600 shares of the Company’s common stock with substantially the same terms as the 2017 Common Stock Warrants, except that they have an exercise price equal $2.50 per share. The 2017 Common Stock Warrants and the 2017 Banker Warrants (collectively, the “2017 Warrants”) expire on June 15, 2022. The 2017 Warrants may not be exercised by the holder to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 4.99% of the shares of the Company’s common stock then outstanding (subject to the right of the holder to increase or decrease such beneficial ownership limitation upon notice to the Company, provided that such limitation cannot exceed 9.99%) and provided that any increase in the beneficial ownership limitation shall not be effective until 61 days after such notice is delivered.

In conjunction with the 2018 Private Placement described further below, during the year ended December 31, 2018, a holder of 2.4 million 2017 Warrants exercised all its 2017 Warrants at the original exercise price of $2.00 per warrant in exchange for the issuance of additional warrants. As a result of the warrant exercise, the Company received gross proceeds of $4.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, there were 0.5 million 2017 Warrant exercises for total cash proceeds of $1.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018, excluding the $4.8 million described above, the Company received proceeds of approximately $4.0 million in connection with the exercise of approximately 1.9 million of 2017 Common Stock Warrants. As of December 31, 2019, there were 3,232,000 2017 Common Stock Warrants outstanding.

There were 18,864 2017 Banker Warrant exercises during the year ended December 31, 2019 for total cash proceeds of less than $0.1 million. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 304,182 of the 2017 Banker Warrants were exercised for total cash proceeds upon exercise of $0.8 million during the period. A total of 148,554 2017 Banker Warrants remained outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

All the 2017 Warrants were deemed to qualify for equity classification under authoritative accounting guidance.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

F-26


 

On March 8, 2018, the Company completed the 2018 Private Placement to certain institutional and accredited investors, including certain directors and executive officers of the Company, providing for the sale by the Company at a purchase price of $1,000 per share, 45,200 of newly designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, which shares of preferred stock were automatically converted into 14,349,236 shares of the Company’s common stock upon approval by the Company’s stockholders at the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders held in May 2018, and warrants to purchase up to 12,196,851 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share (the “2018 Common Stock Warrants”). The 2018 Common Stock Warrants became exercisable following stockholder approval at the 2018 annual meeting of stockholders, are subject to certain ownership limitations in certain cases, and expire five years after the date of such stockholder approval. The gross proceeds from the 2018 Private Placement were approximately $45.2 million.

Pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement entered into in connection with the 2018 Private Placement, from the date of the stockholder approval of the 2018 Private Placement, or May 17, 2018, through the first anniversary of the effective date of the resale registration statement related to the 2018 Private Placement, or May 11, 2019, if the Company issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents, subject to certain permitted exceptions, at a price below the conversion price on the date stockholder approval was obtained (a “Dilutive Issuance”), the Company is required to issue an additional number of shares of common stock to the purchasers in the 2018 Private Placement in amount equal to the number of shares of common stock such purchasers would have received if the Dilutive Issuance occurred prior to the date the Company’s stockholders approved the 2018 Private Placement. No such Dilutive Issuances occurred prior to the expiration.

2018 Warrants

The 2018 Common Stock Warrants (the “2018 Warrants”) have a five year life and are exercisable for cash or by cashless exercise. Some of the 2018 Warrants may not be exercised by the holder to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates, would beneficially own, after such exercise more than 4.99% of the shares of the Company’s common stock then outstanding (subject to the right of the holder to increase or decrease such beneficial ownership limitation upon notice to the Company, provided that such limitation cannot exceed 9.99%) and provided that any increase in the beneficial ownership limitation shall not be effective until 61 days after such notice is delivered.

In addition to the 12,196,851 warrants issued in the 2018 Private Placement, the Company issued 1,800,000 warrants to an existing holder with identical terms to the 2018 Warrants, including the exercise price of $3.50.

During the year ended December 31, 2019, 0.2 million of the 2018 Warrants were exercised for total proceeds of $0.6 million. No 2018 Warrants were exercised for the year ended December 31, 2018. A total of 13,770,488 of  2018 Warrants remained outstanding as of December 31, 2019.

All the 2018 Warrants were deemed to qualify for equity classification under authoritative accounting guidance.

Squadron Warrants

As further described in Note 5, during the year ended December 31, 2018, in connection with the initial debt financing with Squadron, the Company issued warrants to purchase 845,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.15 per share. An additional 4,838,710 warrants were issued at an exercise price of $2.17 per share during the second quarter of 2019, in conjunction with the Company’s draw on the expanded credit facility for total warrants outstanding to Squadron of 5,683,710. The warrants have a seven-year term and are immediately exercisable. In accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the warrants qualified for equity treatment upon issuance and the portion allocated to the outstanding debt was recorded as a debt discount to the face of the debt liability based on fair value to be amortized into interest expense over the life of the debt agreement. The remaining balance of the warrants was recorded as an asset included within prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 and is being amortized into interest expense on a ratable basis. As the warrants provide for partial price protection that allow for a reduction in the price in the event of a lower per share priced issuance, the warrants were valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation that considers the probabilities of future financings. The Monte Carlo model simulates the present value of the potential outcomes of future stock prices of the Company over the seven-year life of the warrants. The projection of stock prices is based on the risk-free rate of return and the volatility of the stock price of the Company and correlates future equity raises based on the probabilities provided.

In December 2011, in connection with the third amendment to the Company’s former credit facility with the Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB"), finance charges totaling $0.2 million were waived in exchange for the issuance to SVB of warrants to purchase 7,812 shares of the Company’s common stock. The warrants are immediately exercisable, can be exercised through a cashless exercise, have an exercise price of $19.20 per share and have a 10-year term.

F-27


 

As mentioned above, the Company issued Common Stock Warrants in connection with the private placement financing in March 2017 and March 2018. The warrants expire on the fifth anniversary of the date on which they were first exercisable. Further, as described in Note 8, the Company issued warrants in conjunction with the acquisition of SafeOp.  

In December 2017 the Company issued warrants to Mr. Miles, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, to purchase 1,327,434 shares of the Company’s common stock for $5 per share. The warrants have a five-year term. The warrants issued to Mr. Miles were accounted for as share based compensation, and the fair value of the warrants of approximately $1.4 million were recognized in full in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 as the warrants were immediately vested upon issuance.

A summary of all outstanding warrants is as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Warrants

 

 

Strike Price

 

2017 Common Stock Warrants

 

 

3,232,000

 

 

$

2.00

 

2017 Banker Warrants

 

 

148,554

 

 

$

2.50

 

2018 Common Stock Warrants

 

 

13,770,488

 

 

$

3.50

 

Merger Warrants

 

 

2,199,682

 

 

$

3.50

 

Executive

 

 

1,327,434

 

 

$

5.00

 

Squadron Capital

 

 

845,000

 

 

$

3.15

 

Squadron Capital

 

 

4,838,710

 

 

$

2.17

 

Other

 

 

195,312

 

 

$

3.85

 

Total

 

 

26,557,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. Stock Benefit Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

In the third quarter of 2016, the Company adopted its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”), which replaced the Company’s 2005 Employee, Director and Consultant Stock Plan. On October 25, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted an amendment to the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Award Plan. The 2016 Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and performance unit awards to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Upon its adoption, the 2016 Plan had 1,083,333 shares of common stock reserved for issuance. The Board of Directors determines the terms of the grants made under the 2016 Plan. Options granted under the 2016 Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant (five years for incentive stock options granted to holders of more than 10% of the Company’s voting stock). Options generally vest over a four-year period and may be immediately exercisable upon a change of control of the Company. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of any option granted to a 10% stockholder may be no less than 110% of the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  At December 31, 2019, 666,742 shares of common stock remained available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will expire in May 2026.

On October 4, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2016 Employment Inducement Award Plan (the “Inducement Plan”). The Inducement Plan allows for the grant of options, restricted stock, restricted stock unit awards and performance unit awards to new employees of the Company by granting an award to such new employee as an inducement for such new employee to begin employment with the Company. As of December 31, 2019 the Inducement Plan had 801,099 shares of common stock reserved for issuance, which may only be granted to an employee who has not previously been an employee or member of the board of directors of the Company. The terms of the Inducement Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the Company’s 2016 Plan with two principal exceptions: (i) incentive stock options may not be granted under the Inducement Plan; and (ii) the annual compensation paid by the Company to specified executives will be deductible only to the extent that it does not exceed $1.0 million.

In July 2019, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2019 Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan which authorizes the Company to grant restricted stock to individuals or entities that do not qualify under the other existing equity plans. The Board of Directors authorized the grant of up to 500,000 shares of common stock with a maximum grant of 50,000 shares per participant under the plan. As of December 31, 2019, 55,000 restricted shares have been granted under the 2019 Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan. Total expense for the plan was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2019.

F-28


 

 

The 2016 Plan, the Inducement Plan and the Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan are collectively referred to as the Plans.

Stock Options

 

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the Plans and related information is as follows (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data):

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

exercise

price

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

contractual

term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

intrinsic

value

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

 

 

4,723

 

 

$

3.64

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

195

 

 

$

4.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(161

)

 

$

2.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(542

)

 

$

7.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

4,215

 

 

$

3.27

 

 

 

7.80

 

 

$

17,961

 

Options vested and exercisable at December 31, 2019

 

 

2,238

 

 

$

3.71

 

 

 

7.40

 

 

$

9,438

 

Options vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2019

 

 

4,028

 

 

$

3.29

 

 

 

7.77

 

 

$

17,177

 

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.92 and $2.00, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options at December 31, 2019 is based on the Company’s closing stock price on the last business day of 2019 of $7.10 per share.

As of December 31, 2019, there was $3.7 million of unrecognized compensation expense for stock options which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 2.30 years.  

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

The following table summarizes information about the restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance-based restricted units activity (in thousands, except as indicated and per share data):

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Weighted

average

grant

date fair

value

 

 

Weighted

average

remaining

recognition

period

(in years)

 

Unvested at December 31, 2018

 

 

3,270

 

 

$

2.94

 

 

 

 

 

Awarded

 

 

4,802

 

 

$

1.92

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(1,224

)

 

$

2.83

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(121

)

 

$

3.11

 

 

 

 

 

Unvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

6,727

 

 

$

2.17

 

 

 

2.32

 

 

The weighted average fair value per share of awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.92 and $2.87, respectively.  

As of December 31, 2019, there was $16.0 million of unrecognized compensation expense for restricted stock awards and units which is expected to be recognized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 2.32 years.  

 

Termination and Settlement of Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical Collaboration Agreement

In February 2018, the Company reached a settlement agreement with Elite Medical Holdings and Pac 3 Surgical, pursuant to which the Company made a cash payment of $0.4 million as the final and total compensation under the original agreement.  In addition, the parties agreed to release each other and waive any and all rights and claims arising from the original agreement.  The

F-29


 

Company recorded a gain of approximately $6.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, reflecting the reversal of accrued obligations previously recorded under the collaboration.  

2017 Distributor Inducement Plan

In December 2017, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan which authorizes the Company to issue to distributors restricted shares of common stock of the Company and/or warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock. The warrants are issuable with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the common stock on the date of issuance. Each warrant and common stock issuance is subject to a time-based or net sales-based vesting provision. The Board of Directors authorized the grant of up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan. As of December 31, 2019, 0.3 million warrants and 92,000 shares of common stock were earned under the 2017 Distributor Inducement Plan. Total expense for the plan was $0.4 and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively.

In December 2017, the Board of Directors also authorized grant of warrants to purchase 50,000 of the Company’s common stock, and 75,000 restricted stock units to a distributor. These warrants and restricted stock units are subject to time based and net sales based vesting conditions.

2017 Development Services Plan

In December 2017, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 2017 Development Services Plan which authorizes the Company to enter into Development Services Agreements with third-party individuals or entities whereby, upon the achievement of certain Company financial and commercial revenue milestones, future royalty payments for product and/or intellectual property development work may be paid in either cash or restricted shares of Company common stock at the option of the developer. Each common stock issuance would be subject to net sales-based vesting provisions and satisfaction of applicable laws and market regulations regarding the issuance of restricted shares to such developers. The Board of Directors authorized the grant of up to 3,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2017 Development Services Plan. As of December 31, 2019, 2.4 million have been designated under the 2017 Development Services Plan, but none are deemed probable of election as of December 31, 2019. In addition, no common stock elections or cash payouts have been made as of December 31, 2019.  

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Stock options outstanding

 

 

4,215

 

Unvested restricted stock awards

 

 

6,727

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

117

 

Series A convertible preferred stock

 

 

67

 

Warrants outstanding

 

 

26,557

 

Authorized for future grant under the Distributor and Development Services plans

 

 

3,908

 

Authorized for future grant under the Management Objective Strategic Incentive Plan

 

 

445

 

Authorized for future grant under the Plans

 

 

1,628

 

 

 

 

43,664

 

 

11. Income Taxes

The components of the pretax income (loss) are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

U.S. Domestic

 

$

(57,141

)

 

$

(30,169

)

Foreign

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(167

)

Pretax loss from operations

 

$

(57,241

)

 

$

(30,336

)

 

F-30


 

The components of the (benefit) provision for income taxes from continuing operations are presented in the following table (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Current income tax (benefit) provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

(64

)

State

 

 

207

 

 

 

86

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total current

 

 

207

 

 

 

26

 

Deferred income tax benefit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(195

)

 

 

(1,140

)

State

 

 

(251

)

 

 

(247

)

Total deferred

 

 

(446

)

 

 

(1,387

)

Total income tax benefit

 

$

(239

)

 

$

(1,361

)

 

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax income (loss) from continuing operations as a result of the following differences:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Federal statutory rate

 

 

21.00

%

 

 

21.00

%

Adjustments for tax effects of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State taxes, net

 

 

0.12

%

 

 

0.47

%

Stock-based compensation

 

 

0.26

%

 

 

(4.29

)%

R&D credit expiration

 

 

(5.96

)%

 

 

 

Fair market value adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

(0.59

)%

Other permanent adjustments

 

 

(0.42

)%

 

 

(0.56

)%

Foreign partnership liquidation

 

 

19.19

%

 

 

 

Federal uncertain tax positions

 

 

3.25

%

 

 

0.30

%

NOL expiration

 

 

(3.01

)%

 

 

 

Other

 

 

1.16

%

 

 

(1.57

)%

Valuation allowance

 

 

(35.09

)%

 

 

(10.25

)%

Effective income tax rate

 

 

0.50

%

 

 

4.51

%

 

F-31


 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals and reserves

 

$

2,730

 

 

$

1,133

 

Income tax credit carryforwards

 

 

1,591

 

 

 

3,150

 

Interest

 

 

4,095

 

 

 

1,351

 

Inventory

 

 

8,625

 

 

 

4,959

 

Legal settlement

 

 

3,789

 

 

 

4,693

 

Net operating losses

 

 

53,592

 

 

 

45,092

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

1,182

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

76,678

 

 

 

61,560

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(71,159

)

 

 

(46,578

)

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

5,519

 

 

 

14,982

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(3,117

)

 

 

(21

)

Goodwill and intangibles

 

 

(2,344

)

 

 

(1,972

)

Investment in foreign partnership

 

 

 

 

 

(13,370

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(5,461

)

 

 

(15,363

)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

$

58

 

 

$

(381

)

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income in future years in the associated jurisdiction to which the deferred tax assets relate. As of December 31, 2019, a valuation allowance of $71.2 million has been established against the net deferred tax assets, as the Company has determined that it is currently not more likely than not that these assets will be realized. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the federal and state valuation allowances collectively increased by $20.1 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

In determining the need for a valuation allowance, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, and recent financial performance. The Company reached technological feasibility with respect to its in-process research and development efforts in 2019, and as such, valuation allowance was decreased as amortization of intangible asset began. There are no indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2019. Based on the review of all positive and negative evidence, including a three-year cumulative pre-tax loss, the Company determined that a full valuation allowance should be recorded against its deferred tax assets, with the exception of the Company’s Texas Temporary Credit for Business Loss Carryforwards. There are no indefinite live assets.   

At December 31, 2019, the Company has unrecognized tax benefits of $2.5 million, which will affect the effective tax rate if recognized when the Company no longer has a valuation allowance offsetting its deferred tax assets.

The following table summarizes the changes to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Unrecognized tax benefit at the beginning of the year

 

$

4,334

 

 

$

4,440

 

Reductions as a result of lapse of applicable statute

   of limitations

 

 

(1,882

)

 

 

(106

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year

 

$

2,452

 

 

$

4,334

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income tax as well as income tax of multiple state and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examination by tax authorities in major jurisdictions for years prior to 2015. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine prior periods where net operating losses and tax credits were generated and carried forward and make adjustments up to the amount of the carryforwards. The Company is not currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, foreign or state and local tax authorities.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision. As of December 31, 2019, there were no accrued interest and penalties.

F-32


 

At December 31, 2019, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $205.2 million and $128.2 million, respectively, expiring at various dates beginning in 2019 through 2039. Net operating losses generated in years ending after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely for federal and some states. At December 31, 2019, the Company had state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $3.2 million. The state research and development tax credits do not have an expiration date, and may be carried forward indefinitely. Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to annual limitations due to ownership change limitations that could occur in the future as provided by Section 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income, if the Company experiences a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% within a three-year testing period.  The Company completed a formal study through the year ended December 31, 2018 and determined ownership changes within the meaning of IRC Section 382 had occurred. The Company adjusted tax attribute carry forwards and deferred tax assets accordingly.  As the deferred tax assets associated with the tax attribute carry forwards were fully offset by a valuation allowance, a corresponding reduction in the Company’s valuation allowance was also recorded, resulting in no income tax impact.

12. Related Party Transactions

In July 2016, the Company entered into a forbearance agreement with HealthpointCapital, LLC, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P. (collectively, "HealthpointCapital"), pursuant to which HealthpointCapital, on behalf of the Company, paid $1.0 million of the $1.1 million payment due and payable by the Company to Orthotec on July 1, 2016 and agreed to not exercise its contractual rights to seek an immediate repayment of such amount. Pursuant to this forbearance agreement, the Company repaid this amount in September 2016.  The Company and HealthpointCapital also entered into an agreement for joint payment of settlement whereby HealthpointCapital has agreed to contribute $5 million to the $49 million Orthotec settlement amount.

During the second quarter of 2018, HealthpointCapital Partners, L.P., and HealthpointCapital Partners II, L.P. distributed its holdings in the Company’s common stock to its limited partners. As a result, the fund is no longer a shareholder of the Company as of December 31, 2018. The $5 million receivable from HealthpointCapital, LLC continues to be classified within stockholders’ equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets due to the related party nature with HealthpointCapital affiliates.

Certain of the Company’s board of directors and senior management participated in the March 2017 and 2018 private placements.

Included on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018 is a $0.3 million officer receivable for settlement of a tax liability related to the vesting of a restricted stock unit. A corresponding liability for the same amount is also included on the consolidated balance sheet within the accrued expenses line item. Subsequent to December 31, 2018, the amounts were settled and remitted to settle the tax liability.

13. Retirement Plan

The Company maintains an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the savings plan, participating employees may contribute a portion of their pre-tax earnings, up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Company may elect to make matching contributions into the savings plan at its sole discretion of up to 4% of each individual’s compensation. Matching contributions vest after one year of service. The Company’s total contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.6 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

14. Restructuring Activities

In connection with the sale of the International Business (described in Note 4), the Company terminated employment agreements with several executive officers, including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, and commenced an employee headcount reduction program.  In conjunction with the restructuring program, the Company recorded restructuring expenses related to severance liabilities and post-employment benefits. A rollforward of the accrued restructuring liability is presented below (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

$

710

 

Accrued restructuring charges

 

 

60

 

Payments

 

 

(746

)

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

$

24

 

F-33


 

 

15. Subsequent Event

Tender Offer Agreement

On February 28, 2020, the Company entered into a Tender Offer Agreement (the “Tender Offer Agreement”) with EOS Imaging S.A., a société anonyme organized and existing under the laws of France (“EOS”), pursuant to which the Company or one of its affiliates will commence a public tender offer to purchase all of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares, nominal value €0.01 per share (collectively, the “Shares”), and outstanding convertible bonds (“OCEANEs”), of EOS. The tender offer will consist of a cash tender offer price of €2.80 (or approximately $3.08) per Share and €7.01 (or approximately $7.71) per OCEANE, respectively (the “Cash Offer”), or at the option of EOS shareholders, 0.50 of a share of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the company (“ATEC Common Stock”) per Share (the “Exchange Offer” and, together with the Cash Offer, the “Offer Consideration”). The tender offer will need to be filed with and cleared by the Autorité des marches financiers (the “AMF”), which filing is expected to occur in late April 2020, prior to the commencement of the tender offer. EOS is a leader in outcome-improving orthopedic medical imaging and software solutions that inform the entire surgical process.

Commitment Letter

In connection with entry into the Tender Offer Agreement, the Company entered into a commitment letter, dated February 28, 2020 (the “Commitment Letter”), with Perceptive Credit Holdings III, LP (together with its affiliates, “Perceptive”), pursuant to which, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, Perceptive has committed to provide $130 million in secured debt financing, up to $60 million of which (the “Refinancing Portion”) will be made available to retire the Company’s existing credit facilities with MidCap Funding IV, LLC and Squadron Medical Finance Solutions, LLC. The remaining commitment by Perceptive to provide an additional $70 million (which may be increased to up to $100 million at the request of the Company if agreed by Perceptive in its sole discretion) in secured debt financing (the “Tender Offer Portion”) will be made available to fund the Cash Offer portion of the Offer Consideration, provided the Company may elect not to incur all or a portion of such Tender Offer Portion to the extent it is unnecessary to fund such Cash Offer amount. In the event the Company elects not to incur the Tender Offer Portion of Perceptive’s commitment, Perceptive will make available up to $15 million in secured debt financing (the “Supplemental Portion”), in addition to the Refinancing Portion, to be used for the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ general corporate and working capital needs. The funding of each of the debt facilities provided for in the Commitment Letter is subject to the satisfaction of customary conditions for facilities of such type that are set forth therein, including entry into definitive documentation reflecting the terms of the Commitment Letter and no material adverse effect with respect to EOS.

Under the terms of the Commitment Letter, the Company has agreed to issue certain warrants to Perceptive representing the right to acquire ATEC Common Stock in connection with the incurrence of the Refinancing Portion (the “Refinancing Warrants”), the incurrence and use of the Tender Offer Portion to consummate the tender offer (the “Tender Offer Warrants”) and the incurrence of the Supplemental Portion (the “Supplemental Warrants” and, together with the Refinancing Warrants and Tender Offer Warrants, the “Warrants”), as applicable. The price per share for 50% of the Refinancing Warrants shall be the lower of (x) the 5-day volume weighted average price of the ATEC Common Stock (“5-day VWAP”) immediately prior to the date of the Commitment Letter and (y) the 5-day VWAP immediately prior to the closing date of the Refinancing Portion, subject to a floor of $4.60 per share (the “Base Refinancing Warrant Price”). The price per share for the remaining 50% of the Refinancing Warrants shall be equal to the Base Refinancing Warrant Price plus an additional 12.5% premium. The price per share for 50% of the Tender Offer Warrants shall be the lower of (x) the 5-day VWAP immediately prior to the date of the Commitment Letter or (y) the 5-day VWAP immediately prior to the date such Tender Offer Warrants are issued, subject to a floor of $4.60 per share (the “Base Tender Offer Warrant Price”). The price per share for the remaining 50% of the Tender Offer Warrants shall be equal to the Base Tender Offer Warrant Price plus an additional 12.5% premium. The price per share for 50% of the Supplemental Warrants shall be the lower of (x) the 5-day VWAP immediately prior to the date of the Commitment Letter or (y) the 5-day VWAP immediately prior to the date the Supplemental Portion is incurred, subject to a floor of $4.60 per share (the “Base Supplemental Warrant Price”). The price per share for the remaining 50% of the Supplemental Warrants shall be equal to the Base Supplemental Warrant Price plus an additional 12.5% premium. The Refinancing Warrants, Tender Offer Warrants and Supplemental Warrants will be exercisable into a number of shares of ATEC Common Stock representing 18.5% of the aggregate principal amount borrowed in respect of the Refinancing Portion, 9% of the aggregate principal amount borrowed in respect of the Tender Offer Portion and used to consummate the Tender Offer and 9% of the aggregate principal amount borrowed in respect of the Supplemental Portion, respectively, in each case calculated using the Base Refinancing Warrant Price, Base Tender Offer Warrant Price or Base Supplemental Warrant Price, as applicable.

 

 

F-34